Document:

EX-10.2

 

EXCLUSIVE PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This agreement (hereinafter "Agreement"), effective as of this 31st day of  March, 2015  (hereinafter the "Effective Date"), is by and between the University of Rochester, an educational institution chartered by the State of New York and having its principal place of business at 601 Elmwood Avenue, Box URV, Rochester, New York 14642 ("University") and     Panther Biotechnology Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and having a place of business located at 2801 Lakeside Drive, Suite 207B, Bannockburn, Illinois 60015 (hereinafter "Licensee").

1.0            Preamble

1.1            University is the owner by assignment of the Patent Rights as defined below.

1.2            University desires that the Patent Rights be used as soon as possible for the development of products and processes for public use and benefit, and to this end desires to license the Patent Rights to a company capable of such development.

1.3            Licensee desires to acquire a license to the Patent Rights so that it can develop products and processes for public use and benefit. Licensee is under no contractual or other obligation that encumbers, restricts, or limits any of the rights granted by University under this Agreement.

2.0            Definitions

2.1            Terms defined in this Article 2.0, and parenthetically defined elsewhere in this Agreement, will throughout this Agreement have the meaning here or there provided. Defined terms may be used in the singular or in the plural, as sense requires.

2.2            "Affiliate" means any corporation or other business entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Licensee. "Controls," "control," or "controlled" as used in this paragraph means direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such corporation, or more than a fifty percent (50%) interest, direct or indirect, in the decision-making authority of such other unincorporated business entity.

2.3            "Confidential Information" means information that is marked as confidential, or, if orally or visually disclosed, is indicated at the time of disclosure as confidential and provided in written form within thirty days. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiving Party will have no obligation of confidentiality relating to any information of the Disclosing Party that:

(i)            is disclosed by the Disclosing Party without restriction on further dissemination or is otherwise disclosed by the Receiving Party in compliance with the terms of the Disclosing Party's prior written approval; or

 

Page 1 of 24

(ii)            at the time of receipt by the Receiving Party was independently known or developed by the Receiving Party, or becomes independently known to the Receiving Party thereafter, and can be so documented by written records; or

(iii)            at any time becomes generally known to the public or otherwise publicly available through no fault of Receiving Party; or

(iv)            has been or is made available to Receiving Party by a third party having the lawful right to do so without breaching any obligation of nonuse or confidentiality to Disclosing Party; or

(v)            the Receiving Party is obligated to disclose in order to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or with a court or administrative order, provided that the Receiving Party (i) promptly notifies the Disclosing Party, and (ii) cooperates reasonably with the Disclosing Party's efforts to contest or limit the scope of such disclosure.

2.4            "Field" means use of Technology to develop, use, manufacture and sell small molecule therapeutics.

2.5            "First Commercial Sale" means the initial transfer by or on behalf of Licensee, its Affiliate, or its Sublicensee of Licensed Products in exchange for cash or some equivalent to which value can be assigned for the purpose of determining Net Sales Revenue.

2.6            "Licensed Product" means any tangible materials, compositions, or other products, or processes which, in the course of manufacture, use, offer to sell, or sale would, in the absence of this Agreement, infringe one or more issued, unexpired patent claims, or one or more claims in a pending patent application, contained in the Patent Rights in the country of manufacture, use, or sale (Infringement shall include, but is not limited to, direct, contributory, or inducement to infringe.); or which is made with, uses or incorporates any Technology.

2.7            "Net Sales Revenue" means the gross amount of monies or cash equivalent or other consideration that is invoiced by Licensee, Affiliate, or Sublicensees to unrelated third parties for sale or transfer of Licensed Products, less (a) all trade, quantity, and cash discounts actually allowed and taken; (b) credits and allowances actually granted and taken on account of rejections, returns, or billing errors; (c) packing costs; (d) transportation; (e) insurance; (f) taxes, duties, tariffs, or other governmental charges imposed on the sale of the Licensed Product, including value added taxes or other governmental charges otherwise measured by the amount paid for the Licensed Product, but specifically excluding taxes based on the net income of the seller. No other deductions shall be made for commissions paid to individuals whether they be with independent sales agencies or regularly employed by Licensee or Sublicensees or on its payroll. A transfer of Licensed Product to a Sublicensee or Affiliate for end use but not resale by the Sublicensee or Affiliate shall be treated as an invoiced sale by Licensee at the list price of the Licensee in an arm's-length transaction.

2.8            "Patent Rights" means those patents and patent applications listed in Appendix A and all patents claiming priority thereto or arising therefrom.

Page 2 of 24

2.8.1            "Patent Rights" includes patents and patent applications, whether domestic or foreign, including all provisionals, divisionals, continuations, reissues, reexaminations, renewals, extensions, and supplementary protection certificates of any such patents and patent applications.

2.8.2            Only to the extent that claims issuing therefrom obtain the benefit of a priority date of any of the foregoing applications and contain one or more claims directed to the invention or inventions disclosed in 2.8.1., "Patent Rights" also includes continuations-in-part, and all divisionals and continuations of these continuations-in-part, patents arising therefrom, and foreign patents, extensions, and supplemental protection certificates and applications corresponding thereto.

2.9            "Sublicense" means the present, future or contingent transfer of any license, right, or option granted under the Patent Rights, in whole or in part.

2.10            "Sublicensee" means any third party to whom Licensee has granted a sublicense pursuant to Article 4.0 of this Agreement to make, have made, use, and/or sell the Licensed Product under the Patent Rights, provided the third party has agreed in writing with Licensee to accept the conditions and restrictions agreed to by Licensee in this Agreement.

2.11            "Territory" means worldwide.

2.12            "First Human Dose" means the first instance in which a dose of a Licensed Product is administered to a human being in a clinical trial.

2.13            "Initiation of Phase II Clinical Trial" means the first visit by the first human subject in a Phase II clinical Trial during which dosing of a Licensed Product occurs.

2.14            "Initiation of Phase III Clinical Trial" means the first visit by the first human subject in a Phase III clinical Trial during which dosing of a Licensed Product occurs.

2.15            "Technology" means the Patent Rights and additional information, materials, know-how, processes, procedures, compositions, devices, methods, formulas, protocols, techniques, software, designs, drawings or data that will be provided by University to Licensee.  Technology may or may not be confidential in nature.

3.0            Grant of Rights

3.1            Grant. Subject to Licensee's compliance with Articles 8.0 (Licensing Fees and Royalty) and 9.0 (Payments and Reports), and all other provisions of this Agreement, and to the reservation of rights in Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3, University hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee accepts, an exclusive, royalty-bearing license, with the right to Sublicense, in the Field under the Patent Rights and Technology rights to import, make, have made, use, offer to sell and sell Licensed Products in the Territory.

 

Page 3 of 24

3.2            Reservation of Rights. The University and Inventors of the Patent Rights expressly reserve the right to use the Patent Rights and Technology (i) for research, teaching, and other education related purposes; (ii) in publications related to its scientific research and findings; and (iii) for any other purpose that is not inconsistent with the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement.

3.3            Government Rights. Paragraph 3.1 notwithstanding, Licensee acknowledges that Patent Rights involve federal research funding, that University has obligations ("Obligations") under Title 35 of the United States Code Sections 200–204, and that actions taken by University to fulfill such Obligations will not be deemed inconsistent with University's obligations under this Agreement. Licensee acknowledges that Obligations include, but are not limited to, the grant of an irrevocable, non-exclusive, nontransferable, royalty-free worldwide license to Patent Rights by University to the United States government, and a statement of United States Government patent rights on all the patents and patent applications within the Patent Rights. Licensee acknowledges that any and all determinations of federal funding involvement will be made solely by University, and University's determination must be honored by Licensee. Licensee agrees that Licensed Products made, used or sold in the United States must be manufactured substantially in the United States so long as the license granted pursuant to Paragraph 3.1 remains exclusive, unless a written waiver is obtained in advance from the United States government.

3.4            No Other Rights Implied. This Agreement confers no license or rights by implication, estoppel, or otherwise under any patent applications or patents of University other than the Patent Rights defined in Paragraph 2.8 and Appendix A attached hereto, regardless of whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to the Patent Rights.  University does not commit to Licensee to bring suit against third parties for infringements, except as described in Article 15.0.

4.0            Sublicensing

4.1            Right to Sublicense. During the term of exclusivity of the license granted in Section 3.1 of this Agreement, Licensee will have the right to grant non-exclusive Sublicenses to Patent Rights in the Field and Territory at terms and conditions not less favorable to University than those required by this Agreement. University acknowledges that Sublicenses may be exclusive for a particular field of use, or exclusive for a particular territory, providing that no Sublicense may transfer the entirety of the rights granted to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement.

4.2            Required Terms of Sublicense. Each Sublicense granted by Licensee must provide that the Obligations to University of Paragraph 3.3 (Government Rights), Article 6.0 (Diligence), Article 10.0 (Record Keeping), Article 14.0 (Patent Marking), Article 17.0 (Use of Names), and Article 19.0 (Indemnification) of this Agreement are binding upon the Sublicensee as if it were a party to this Agreement. Licensee will attach copies of these Paragraphs and Articles to all Sublicenses.

4.3            Any Sublicense granted by Licensee shall provide for the termination of the Sublicense, or the conversion to a license directly between the Sublicensee and University, at the option of the Sublicensee, upon termination of this Agreement under Article 11.0. Any conversion is subject to University approval and contingent upon acceptance by the Sublicense of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

Page 4 of 24

4.4            Obligations of Licensee. With respect to the right to Sublicense granted pursuant to this Section, Licensee shall:

4.4.1            assume responsibility for its Sublicensees and not grant any rights that are inconsistent with the rights and obligations of this Agreement. Any act or omission of a Sublicensee that would be a breach of this Agreement if performed by Licensee will be deemed a breach by Licensee of this Agreement;

4.4.2            not receive, or agree to receive, anything of value in lieu of cash as consideration from a third party under a Sublicense granted pursuant to Section 4.1;

4.4.3            obtain University approval prior to granting any and all Sublicenses; such approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

4.4.4             promptly provide University the name and address of each Sublicensee with whom it concludes a Sublicense, and forward to University a copy of each executed Sublicense within thirty (30) days of the date of execution of such Sublicense.

4.5            Sublicense to Non-Profit and Academic Institutions: Licensee agrees to grant to any non-profit or academic institution upon request a non-exclusive, royalty-free sublicense to use the Patent Rights for non-commercial research, teaching, and/or educational related purposes only.

	4.6	Litigation by Sublicensee.  Any Sublicense shall include the following clauses:

4.6.1            In the event Sublicensee brings an action seeking to invalidate any Patent Rights:

4.6.1.1                             Sublicensee will double the payment paid to Licensee during the pendency of such action.  Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by the Sublicensee is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, Sublicensee will pay triple times the payment paid under the original Sublicense;

4.6.1.2                             Sublicensee will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period challenge;

4.6.1.3                             Any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Rochester, NY, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum;

 

Page 5 of 24

4.6.1.4                             Sublicensee shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

4.6.2            Sublicensee will provide written notice to University at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate Patent Rights.  Sublicensee will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes to invalidate any claim of the Patent Rights.

	4.7	Copy of Sublicenses and Sublicensee Royalty Reports

4.7.1 Licensee will submit to University a copy of each Sublicense, any subsequent amendments and all copies of sublicensees' royalty reports. Beginning with the first Sublicense, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually regarding the name and number of sublicensees.

5.0            Confidential Information

5.1            Patent Information. Licensee acknowledges that it has previously received copies of all patents and patent applications comprising the Patent Rights. Pursuant to this Agreement, all information and correspondence relating to the Patent Rights received from University or University's patent counsel is considered the University's Confidential Information, whether or not marked as confidential.

5.2            Confidentiality Obligation. Beginning on the Effective Date of this Agreement and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement and thereafter for a period of five (5) years, neither party will at any time, without the express prior written consent of the other, disclose or otherwise make known or available to any third party any Confidential Information of the other party. The receiving party will utilize reasonable procedures to safeguard the Confidential Information of the disclosing party, including releasing such Confidential Information only to its employees, agents, or Affiliates on a "need-to-know" basis. Licensee is authorized to release Confidential Information to potential Sublicensees for the purpose of negotiating and granting a Sublicense, provided that Licensee takes reasonable precautions to safeguard such Confidential Information of University.

5.3            Licensee's Confidential Information. Except as required by law, University will maintain in confidence all information designated in writing by Licensee as Licensee's Confidential Information. In the event of a request for such information, University agrees to inform Licensee of such request.

5.4            Disclosure of Terms of Agreement to Inventors. University may disclose to the Inventors of the Patent Rights the terms and conditions of this Agreement upon their request. If such disclosure is made, University shall request that the Inventors keep such information confidential.

Page 6 of 24

6.0            Diligence

6.1            Diligence Obligations. Licensee, during the term of this Agreement, must utilize its reasonable best efforts in diligently proceeding with the development, manufacture, sale, and other commercial exploitation of the Patent Rights, and in creating a supply of and demand for Licensed Products. Licensee must utilize its reasonable best efforts to initiate (a) a Phase I Clinical Trial by November 1, 2018, (b) a Phase II Clinical Trial by November 1, 2020, and (c) a Phase III Clinical Trial by November 1, 2022. "Reasonable best efforts" for the purpose of this paragraph includes, but is not limited to, adherence to the Commercial Development Plan in Appendix B and performance of the Benchmarks in Appendix C. The efforts of a Sublicensee will be considered the efforts of Licensee. Any amendment to the Commercial Development Plan and/or Benchmarks must be mutually agreed to in writing by University and Licensee, and attached to this Agreement. Licensee shall provide a written report on or before December 31st of each year after the Effective Date describing the Licensee's progress during the preceding year toward achievement of the Commercial Development Plan and Benchmarks. Such report shall include, as a minimum, information sufficient to enable University to satisfy relevant reporting requirements of the U.S. government and to ascertain Licensee's progress toward meeting the diligence requirements of this Article 6.0.

6.2            First Commercial Sale. Licensee agrees to have Licensed Product available for commercial use or sale no later than December 31, 2026. Upon the First Commercial Sale of the Licensed Product, until the expiration of this Agreement, Licensee must continue to use its reasonable best efforts to keep Licensed Product reasonably accessible to the public.

6.3            Failure to Meet Diligence Obligations. If Licensee fails to adhere to the diligence obligations set forth in this Article 6.0 (Diligence) or elsewhere in this Agreement, University may terminate this Agreement or, at University's sole discretion, terminate the exclusivity of the license granted herein in accordance with the options for termination set forth in Article 11.0 of this Agreement.

6.4            Financial Capability. At all times during the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall maintain the financial capability to meet the Diligence Obligations of Paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2. Upon inquiry by University, Licensee will provide any requested assurances and disclosures, including, but not limited to, financial records that will demonstrate its financial capability.

7.0            Patent Prosecution and Cost Recovery

7.1            Patent Prosecution. University or its designee will have sole control over the filing, prosecution, maintenance, and management of any and all issued patents and pending and future patent applications encompassing the Patent Rights, as of the Effective Date of this Agreement; provided that Licensee will identify in writing to University countries ("Identified Countries") in which to file, prosecute, and/or maintain patent applications or patents of the Patent Rights. University will select all outside counsel for prosecution of the Patent Rights and such counsel will represent University in such prosecution. University will keep Licensee fully informed, at Licensee's expense, of all prosecution related actions, including submitting to Licensee copies of all official actions and responses, and will reasonably cooperate with Licensee to whatever extent is reasonably necessary to provide Licensee the full benefit of the license granted herein. Each party will promptly inform the other as to all matters that come to its attention that may affect the preparation, filing, prosecution, or maintenance of the Patent Rights and permit a reasonable amount of time for each other to provide comments and suggestions with respect to the preparation, filing, and prosecution of Patent Rights, which comments and suggestions will be considered by the other party.

Page 7 of 24

7.2            Non-Identified Countries. At University's option, in countries other than the Identified Countries ("Non-Identified Countries"), University may prepare, apply for, seek prompt issuance of, and maintain during the term of this Agreement patent application and patents encompassing the Patent Rights using patent counsel selected by University. The preparation, prosecution, filing and maintenance of all patents and patent applications contained in the Patent Rights in Non-Identified Countries shall be the primary responsibility of University. License grants referred to in Article 3.0 of this Agreement shall not apply to such patents and applications. At the request and expense of Licensee, and at the University's sole discretion, University may advise Licensee with regard to any actions taken with respect to the Patent Rights in a Non-Identified Country.

7.3            Licensee will hold University harmless for any action taken by University's designee and/or patent counsel.

7.4            Patent Fee Reimbursement. Licensee will reimburse University for all mutually agreed fees and costs relating to the filing, prosecution, and maintenance of patent applications, including without limitation, interferences, oppositions, and reexaminations, and the maintenance and defense of patents in Patent Rights, including fees and cost incurred on, and after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Such fees and costs will not include costs incurred by University in the use of its own resources, such as employee time, and will not extend to patenting fees and costs incurred by University after termination of this Agreement. Licensee will pay invoices for such fees and costs submitted by University upon receipt of any such invoice. In any country where Licensee fails to pay fees and costs invoiced to Licensee by University within thirty (30) days of the date of such invoice, University may file, prosecute and/or maintain a patent application or patent at its own expense and for its own exclusive benefit, and Licensee thereafter will not be licensed under such patent or patent application.

7.5            Election to Discontinue Patent Rights. Licensee's obligation to pay patent costs as specified in Paragraph 7.4 of this Agreement shall continue for as long as this Agreement remains in effect; provided however, that Licensee may terminate its obligation with respect to any given patent application or patent upon three (3) months written notice to University. University will use its best efforts during the three-month period to minimize any additional patent costs upon receipt of notice from Licensee. University may elect to file, prosecute, and/or maintain such applications(s) or patent(s) at its sole discretion and expense; provided however, that Licensee shall have no further right or license regarding such patent application and related Patent Rights.

7.6            Extension of Licensed Patent(s). Licensee may request that University have the normal term of any Patent Rights extended or restored under a country's procedure of extending patent term for time lost in governmental regulatory approval processes, and the expense of doing so shall be borne by Licensee. Licensee shall assist University to take whatever action is necessary to obtain such extension. In the case of such extension, royalties pursuant to Article 8.0 shall be payable until the end of the extended life of the patent. In the event that Licensee does not elect to extend Patent Rights, University may, at its own expense, effect the extension of such patents. If University elects to pay such expenses, such extended Patent Rights shall not be subject to any license granted to Licensee hereunder.

Page 8 of 24

8.0            Licensing Fees and Royalties

8.1            License Issue Fee. As partial consideration for the rights conveyed by University under this Agreement, Licensee agrees to pay to University a one-time, non-refundable, non-creditable license issue fee of Two Hundred Thousand dollars ($ 200,000) worth of Licensee's stock based upon the average price per share in the week preceding finalization of this Agreement. The transaction shall be complete within Thirty (30) days upon the execution of this Agreement. University may not transfer the shares before August 30th, 2016.

8.2            License Maintenance Fees. In addition to the foregoing License Issue Fee, for the Term of this Agreement on an annual basis measured from the effective date of the Agreement, Licensee will pay at the beginning of the year a non-refundable minimum annual maintenance fee of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) in cash or company stock each year prior to the onset of clinical trials.   Rochester will waive the pre-clinical trial annual maintenance fee if Company spends at least Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) annually on the drug development of said small molecules that would infringe Patent Rights. After the onset of clinical trials, Company pays a non-refundable minimum annual maintenance fee of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in cash or company stocks each year or part of year until the first product is commercialized and sales royalty payments begin.   Annual maintenance fees paid in cash will be credited against the costs of maintaining the Patent Rights for that year.

8.3            Earned Royalties. During the term of this Agreement, Licensee agrees to pay to University an earned royalty of Five Percent (5%) of the first Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in Net Sales Revenue, Four Percent (4%) of the second Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in Net Sales Revenue, Three Percent (3%) of the third Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in Net Sales Revenue, Two Percent (2%) of the fourth Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in Net Sales Revenue, and One Percent (1%) of all remaining Net Sales Revenue. Earned royalty payments are due and payable within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter.

Notwithstanding the above, should Licensee bring an action seeking to invalidate any of the Patent Rights, Licensee shall pay royalties to University that are twice the payment set forth in Section 8.3 during the pendency of the action.  Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by Licensee is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, Licensee shall pay royalties that are triple the payment set forth in Section 8.3.

8.4            Sublicense Payments. Licensee agrees to pay to University Fifty Percent (50%) of all cash and non-cash considerations derived from Sublicenses granted by Licensee to and in Patent Rights, excluding earned royalties pursuant to paragraph 8.3, loans, equity investments, and research and development support.   Licensee agrees to pay to University the earned royalty rate of paragraph 8.4 as applied to each Sublicensee's Net Sales Revenue for Licensed Product. Sublicense payments are due and payable within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Page 9 of 24

8.4.1.            In the event that sublicensing occurs prior to Milestone Payments, Milestones shall remain payable, however no Sublicense Payment shall be payable pursuant to this Section 8.4 for any portion of payments received from Sublicensees that are in fulfillment of a Licensee milestone paid to University pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

8.4.2.            In the event that the Patent Rights are sublicensed as a "bundle" with other technologies, the value attributable to the Patent Rights will be a commercially reasonable value as determined by Licensee, providing that (a) proper documentation supporting that valuation is provided by Licensee to University, and (b) if University reasonably disputes that valuation, then in any dispute resolution the burden will be Licensee's to support its valuation.

8.5            Milestone Payments. Licensee agrees to pay University the milestone payments per product as set forth below:

		a)	If Licensee sponsors Phase I, II and III clinical trials, Licensee will pay Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) within Thirty (30) days of approval of Licensed Product;

		b)	If Licensee sells a controlling interest in or sublicenses substantially all of the Patent Rights before the initiation of Phase II clinical trial, Licensee will pay

		a.	Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) within 30 days of initiation of Phase II clinical trial;

		b.	Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) within 30 days of initiation of Phase III clinical trial; and

		c.	Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) within 30 days of approval of Licensed Product:

Licensee must notify University in writing within Thirty (30) days upon the achievement of each milestone, such notice to be accompanied by the designated payment of the appropriate milestone.

8.6            No Royalty Deductions for Charges Imposed. Licensee will be responsible for the payment of all taxes, duties, levies, and other charges including, but not limited to sales, use, gross receipts, excise, VAT, ad valorem and any other taxes, any withholdings or deductions, import and custom taxes, any duties, or any other charges imposed by any taxing authority with respect to the royalties payable to University under this Agreement.  Should Licensee be required under any law or regulation of any government entity or authority, domestic or foreign, to withhold or deduct any portion of the payments on royalties due to University, then the sum payable to University must be increased by the amount necessary to yield to University an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no withholdings or deductions been made. University will cooperate with Licensee in the event Licensee elects to assert, at its own expense, University's exemption from any such tax or deduction.

8.7            No Duplication of Royalty Payment Due to Patent Rights. No multiple royalties will be payable to University because any Licensed Product or its manufacture, use, or sale are or will be covered by more than one patent application or issued patent included as part of Patent Rights.

Page 10 of 24

9.0            Payment and Reports

	9.1	Reports.

9.1.1            Progress Reports. Until Licensee or any Sublicensee engages in commercial use or sale of Licensed Products, Licensee must prepare and submit to University within thirty (30) days of December 31st of each year a report regarding the progress of Licensee and any Sublicensees in developing Licensed Products for commercial exploitation. This report must include such particulars as are necessary to demonstrate compliance with the diligence obligations set forth in Article 6.0 (Diligence) of this Agreement including, but not limited to a summary of work completed, summary of work in progress, current schedule of anticipated events or milestones, market plans for introduction of Licensed Product, and summary of resources spent during the reporting period.

9.1.2            Royalty Reports. With each royalty payment, Licensee must include a report setting forth such particulars of the business conducted by Licensee, Affiliate, and each Sublicensee during the preceding calendar quarter as will be pertinent to royalty accounting as specified in this Agreement. This report must include at least (a) the number of units of Licensed Products manufactured, used, or sold; (b) gross amounts billed or invoiced for Licensed Products; (c) names and addresses of any and all Sublicensees; (d) net revenues and other consideration as defined in paragraph 8.5 received from each Sublicensee during the most recently complete calendar quarter; (e) discounts and allowances; and (f) calculation of total royalties due University. If no sales of Licensed Products were made and no Sublicense revenue was received by Licensee during any reporting period, Licensee shall so report.

9.2            Payments.

9.2.1            Royalties shall accrue when Licensed Products are invoiced, or if not invoiced, when delivered to a third party, Sublicensee, or Affiliate.

9.2.2.            Licensee must pay earned royalties to University quarterly within thirty (30) days of each of the following dates: March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year.

Page 11 of 24

9.2.3            Form of Payments. All payments required under this Agreement must be made in U.S. dollars by check or money order payable to the University of Rochester, and delivered to University as specified in this Agreement; or, if so directed in writing by University, in such currency, form, and to such account as University may designate. The royalties on sales in currencies other than U.S. Dollars must be calculated using the appropriate foreign exchange rate for such currency quoted in The Wall Street Journal on the last business day of the calendar quarter in which the Net Sales Revenue occurred. All non-U.S. taxes related to royalty payments must be paid by Licensee and are not deductible from the payments due University.

9.2.4            Late Fee. Any payment due to University under terms of this Agreement that is more than thirty (30) days past due shall bear interest until paid at a per annum rate equal to two percent (2%) plus the prime rate as set forth by The Wall Street Journal on the date on which such payment is due. The payment of such interest amount must be made at the time the overdue payment is made. The payment of such interest amount will not foreclose or limit University from exercising any other rights it may have as a consequence of the lateness of any payment.

10.0            Record Keeping

10.1            Records. Licensee, its Affiliates, and Sublicensees, must keep complete and accurate records and books of account containing all information necessary for the computation and verification of the amounts to be paid hereunder. Licensee must keep these records and books for a period of five (5) years following the end of the Licensee's fiscal year to which the information pertains.

10.2            Audit Rights. Licensee will, at the request of University, permit one or more accountants selected by University ("Accountant") to have access to Licensee's records and books of account during ordinary working hours to audit with respect to any payment period ending prior to such request, the correctness of any report or payment made under this Agreement, or to obtain information as to the payments due for any such period in which the Licensee failed to report or make payment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

10.3            Confidentiality of Audit. The Accountant must not disclose to University any information relating to the business of Licensee except that which is necessary to inform University of: (a) the accuracy or inaccuracy of Licensee's reports and payments; (b) compliance or noncompliance by Licensee with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; (c) the extent of any inaccuracy or noncompliance; and (d) any information that the accountant believes materially relates to Paragraph 10.2 of this Agreement.

 

10.4            Audit Findings. Should the Accountant believe there is an inaccuracy in any of the Licensee's payments or noncompliance by the Licensee with any of such terms and conditions, the Accountant will have the right to make and retain copies (including photocopies) of any pertinent portions of the records and books of account. In the event that Licensee's royalties calculated for any quarterly period are underreported by more than Five Percent (5%), the costs of any audit and review initiated by University will be borne by Licensee; otherwise, University will bear the costs of any audit initiated by University.

Page 12 of 24

11.0            Term and Termination of Agreement

11.1            Term. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will end upon the latest of (i) expiration of the last-to-expire valid claim of the Patent Rights (such expiration to occur only after expiration of extensions of any nature to such patents which may be obtained under applicable statutes or regulations in the respective countries of territory, such as the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 in the U.S.A. and similar patent extension laws in other countries); and (ii) the ten (10) year anniversary of commercial launch of any Licensed Product unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Article 11.0 (Term and Termination of Agreement) of this Agreement.

11.2            Termination for Breach. University may terminate this Agreement effective thirty (30) days after Licensee's receipt of University's Notice of Termination, if Licensee (a) is in default in payment of royalties or in providing reports, (b) intentionally provides a false report, or (c) materially breaches this Agreement and, in each case, does not cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination by University. Licensee agrees that any and all diligence requirements are material license terms, as are all royalty and payment requirements.

11.3            Termination for Bankruptcy. This Agreement and the license granted hereunder will terminate immediately in the event that: (a) Licensee seeks liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or winding-up of itself, is insolvent or evidence exists as to its insolvency, or Licensee makes any general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (b) a petition is filed by or against Licensee, or any proceeding is initiated by or against Licensee, or any proceeding is initiated against Licensee as a debtor, under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, unless the laws then in effect void the effectiveness of this provision; (c) a receiver, trustee, or any similar officer is appointed to take possession, custody, or control of all or any part of Licensee's assets or property; or (d) Licensee adopts any resolution of its Board of Directors or stockholders for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

11.4            Licensee's Right to Terminate. Licensee will have a right to terminate this Agreement with or without cause, upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to University.

11.5            No Other Remedies Affected. The provisions under which this Agreement may be terminated will be in addition to any and all other legal remedies which either party may have for the enforcement of any and all terms hereof, and do not in any way limit any other legal remedy such party may have.

 

11.6            Termination Ends Grant of Rights. Termination of this Agreement will terminate all rights and licenses granted to Licensee under Paragraph 3.0 of this Agreement.

Page 13 of 24

11.7            Effect of Termination on Sublicense. Upon termination of this Agreement, any and all existing Sublicenses will terminate or convert to a license directly between the Sublicensee and the University pursuant to paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement.

11.8            Effect of Termination on Financial Obligations. Termination by University or Licensee under the options set forth in this Agreement will not relieve Licensee from any financial obligations to University arising from this Agreement that accrue prior to or after termination, or from performing according to any and all other provisions of this Agreement that survive termination.

11.9            In the event that there remain no valid, enforceable, and infringed Patent Rights covering Licensed Products, then following termination Licensee and any Sublicensees will have no further obligation to pay royalties thereon or to account to University therefor.

11.10            Final Report. Within ninety (90) days of termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall submit a final report. All payments, including but not limited to earned royalty payments, license maintenance fees, milestone payments and patent expense reimbursements due to University will become immediately due and payable upon termination.

12.0            Notices

Any notice or other communication will be in writing and will be deemed to have been properly given and be effective (i) upon the date of delivery if delivered in person, by facsimile, or courier service to the respective addresses set forth below, or to such other address as either party will designate by written notice given to the other party, or (ii) five days after mailing, if mailed by first-class or certified mail, postage paid, or to the respective addresses below. If notice or other communication is given by facsimile transmission, said notice will be confirmed by prompt delivery of the hardcopy original.

In the case of Licensee:

Panther Biotechnology

2801 Lakeside Drive, Suite 207B

Bannockburn, Illinois 60015

ATTN: David Barshis

In the case of University:

Intellectual Property Director

UR Ventures

601 Elmwood Ave., Box URV

Rochester, NY 14642

Telephone No.: 585-276-6600

Facsimile No.: 585-785-8829

Page 14 of 24

13.0            Proprietary Rights

Licensee will not, by performance under this Agreement, obtain any ownership interest in Patent Rights or any other proprietary rights or information of University, its officers, inventors, employees, students, or agents.

14.0            Patent Marking

Licensee must mark, and must require any Sublicensee to mark, any and all material forms of Licensed Products or packaging pertaining thereto made and sold by Licensee (and/or by its Sublicensees) in the United States with an appropriate patent marking identifying the pendency of any U.S. patent application and/or any issued U.S. or foreign patent forming any part of Patent Rights. All Licensed Products shipped to or sold in other countries must be marked in such a manner as to provide notice to potential infringers pursuant to the patent laws and practice of the country of manufacture or sale.

15.0            Patent Infringement

15.1            Notification of Infringement. University and Licensee will promptly notify each other of any infringement or possible infringement of the Patent Rights, as well as any facts that may affect the validity, scope, or enforceability of the Patent Rights, of which either party becomes aware. Both parties shall use reasonable efforts and cooperation to terminate infringement without litigation.

15.2            Rights to Sue for Infringement. Pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of Chapter 29 of Title 35, United States Code, Licensee may a) bring suit in its own name, at its own expense, and on its own behalf for infringement of presumably valid claims in the Patent Rights and defend in its own name, at its own expense, any allegation of invalidity or non-infringement of any of the Patent Rights brought in a declaratory judgment action or raised by way of counterclaim or affirmative defense in an infringement suit brought by the Licensee; b) in any such suit, enjoin infringement and collect for its use damages, profits, and awards of whatever nature recoverable for such infringement; and c) settle any claim or suit for infringement of the Patent Rights. Licensee will have the first right to bring or defend such suit(s). Licensee may request University to initiate or join any such suit if necessary to avoid dismissal of the suit. Should University be made a party to any such suit at the request of the Licensee, Licensee must reimburse University for any costs, expenses, or fees that University incurs as a result of such motion or other action, including any and all costs incurred by University in opposing any such motion or other action. In all cases, Licensee will keep University reasonably apprised of the status and progress of any litigation. Before Licensee commences an infringement action, Licensee must notify University and give careful consideration to the views of University in deciding whether to bring suit. If Licensee notifies the University that it will not be bringing suit for infringement of claims of Patent Rights, University shall have the right to bring and control any such action at its own expense and by counsel of its own choosing. If Licensee elects not to defend against any declaratory judgment action alleging invalidity or non-infringement of any of the Patent Rights, University, at its option, may do so at its own expense.

Page 15 of 24

15.3            Application of Amounts Recovered. Up to fifty percent (50%) of the expenses (including costs, fees, attorneys fees and disbursements) paid by Licensee with respect to an action commenced or defended under Paragraph 15.2 may be credited against the earned royalties payable to University under Paragraph 8.4 under the Patent Rights in the country in which such a suit is filed. In the event that fifty percent (50%) of such expenses exceed the amount of royalties payable by Licensee in any calendar year, the expenses in excess may be carried over as a credit on the same basis into succeeding calendar years. A credit against litigation expenses, however, may not reduce the royalties due in any one year to less than the Minimum Annual Royalties set forth in Paragraph 8.3. Any recovery made by Licensee, through court judgment or settlement, first must be applied to reimburse University for royalties withheld as a credit against litigation expenses and then to reimburse Licensee for its litigation expense. Any remaining recoveries shall be shared equally between Licensee and University after Licensee is reimbursed for its out-of-pocket expenses relating to obtaining the recovery.

15.4            University will cooperate fully with Licensee in connection with an infringement action initiated under Paragraph 15.2. University will promptly provide access to all necessary documents and render reasonable assistance in response to a request by Licensee.

16.0            Patent Validity

16.1            If any claim challenging the validity or enforceability of any of Patent Rights will be brought against Licensee, Licensee will promptly notify University. University, at its option, will have the right, within thirty (30) days after notification by Licensee of such action, to intervene and take over the sole defense of the claim at University's expense.

16.2            If Licensee or third party challenges the validity or enforceability of any of Patent Rights, subject to Section 8.3 Licensee will not suspend any payments due University until such time as the Patent Rights are determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken.

17.0            Use of Names

Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed as conferring any right to use in advertising, publicity or other promotional activities any name, trade name, trademark or other designation of a party hereto including any contraction, abbreviation or simulation of any of the foregoing, unless the express written permission of the other party has been obtained, provided that both parties may state the existence of this Agreement and the fact that both parties entered into it. For any other use other than the foregoing, Licensee hereby expressly agrees not to use the name "University of Rochester" without prior written approval from University.

Page 16 of 24

18.0            Representations and Warranties

18.1            University Representations. University represents and warrants as of the Effective Date of this Agreement that it: (a) has an ownership interest in the Patent Rights; (b) the list of the Patent Rights contained in Appendix A is accurate and complete in all respects; (c) has the right to grant the license in and to Patent Rights set forth in this Agreement; and (d) it has not granted any licenses under the Patent Rights which would conflict with the rights granted herein.

18.2            Disclaimers. Nothing in this Agreement will be construed as:

(a)            A representation or warranty by University as to the patentability, validity, scope, or usefulness of Patent Rights;

(b)            A representation or warranty by University that anything made, used, sold, or otherwise disposed of under any license granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of third-party patents or other proprietary rights, or University patents or other proprietary rights not included in Patent Rights;

(c)            An obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against third parties for patent infringement;

(d)            An obligation to furnish any know-how not provided in Patent Rights; or

UNIVERSITY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, PERTAINING TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PATENT RIGHTS, THE LICENSED PRODUCTS, OR ANYTHING ELSE LICENSED, DISCLOSED, OR OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO LICENSEE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. UNIVERSITY'S TOTAL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIMITED TO THE COSTS AND FEES PAID TO UNIVERSITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

19.0            Indemnification

19.1            INDEMNIFICATION BY LICENSEE. EACH PARTY WILL NOTIFY THE OTHER OF ANY CLAIM, LAWSUIT OR OTHER PROCEEDING RELATED TO THE PATENT RIGHTS. LICENSEE AGREES THAT IT WILL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS UNIVERSITY, ITS FACULTY MEMBERS, SCIENTISTS, RESEARCHERS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, TRUSTEES, AND AGENTS AND EACH OF THEM (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES"), FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, CAUSES OF ACTION, LAWSUITS, OR OTHER PROCEEDINGS (THE "CLAIMS") FILED OR OTHERWISE INSTITUTED AGAINST ANY OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES RELATED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO OR ARISING OUT OF THE DESIGN, PROCESS, MANUFACTURE, OR USE BY LICENSEE, ITS SUBLICENSEEES, OR ANY OF THEIR CUSTOMERS OF THE LICENSED PRODUCTS AND ANY EMBODIMENT OF THE PATENT RIGHTS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH INDEMNITY WILL NOT APPLY TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING FROM THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. LICENSEE WILL ALSO ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR ALL COSTS AND EXPENSES RELATED TO SUCH CLAIMS FOR WHICH IT IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH 19.1, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PAYMENT OF ALL REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS OF LITIGATION OR OTHER DEFENSE.

Page 17 of 24

19.2            INDEMNIFICATION BY UNIVERSITY. UNIVERSITY IS NOT LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, LOST PROFIT, EXPECTATION, PUNITIVE OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER GROUNDED IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE.

19.3            LICENSEE WILL COMPLY WITH ALL STATUTORY WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR ACTIVITIES PERFORMED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

19.4            DURING THE TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, LICENSEE WILL MAINTAIN COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE, INCLUDING PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE, WITH A REPUTABLE AND FINANCIALLY SECURE INSURANCE CARRIER TO COVER THE ACTIVITIES OF LICENSEE AND ITS SUBLICENSEES.  THE INSURANCE WILL PROVIDE MINIMUM LIMITS OF LIABILITY OF $5,000,000 AND WILL INCLUDE UNIVERSITY AS ADDITIONAL INSUREDS.  INSURANCE MUST COVER CLAIMS INCURRED, DISCOVERED, MANIFESTED, OR MADE DURING OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND MUST BE PLACED WITH CARRIERS WITH RATINGS OF AT LEAST A- AS RATED BY A.M. BEST.  WITHIN 15 DAYS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT, LICENSEE WILL FURNISH A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE EVIDENCING PRIMARY COVERAGE AND ADDITIONAL INSURED REQUIREMENTS. LICENSEE WILL PROVIDE TO UNIVERSITY 30 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OR MATERIAL CHANGE TO THIS INSURANCE COVERAGE.  LICENSEE WILL ADVISE UNIVERSITY IN WRITING THAT IT MAINTAINS EXCESS LIABILITY COVERAGE OVER PRIMARY INSURANCE FOR AT LEAST THE MINIMUM LIMITS SET FORTH ABOVE.  ALL INSURANCE OF LICENSEE WILL BE PRIMARY COVERAGE; INSURANCE OF UNIVERSITY WILL BE EXCESS AND NONCONTRIBUTORY.

19.5            NOTICE. IT SHALL BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY'S RIGHT TO SEEK INDEMNIFICATION UNDER PARAGRAPH 19.1 OR 19.2 THAT SUCH PARTY SHALL (A) PROMPTLY NOTIFY THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY OF A CLAIM AS SOON AS IT BECOMES AWARE OF SUCH CLAIM, (B) ALLOW THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY TO ASSUME CONTROL OF THE DEFENSE OF SUCH CLAIM, AND (C) COOPERATE WITH THE INDEMNIFYING PARTY IN SUCH DEFENSE.

Page 18 of 24

19.6            Special Damages. Neither party shall be liable for any indirect, special, consequential, or other similar damages whatsoever whether grounded in tort, strict liability, contract, or otherwise. The University shall not have any responsibility or liability whatsoever with respect to Licensed Products.

20.0            Applicable Laws

20.1            Compliance with Laws. Licensee will abide by all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations pertaining to the management and commercial deployment of Licensed Products under this Agreement.

20.2            Export Control Laws. It is understood that University is subject to United States laws and regulations controlling the export of technical data, computer software, laboratory prototypes, and other commodities (including the Arms Export Control Act, as amended, and the Export Administration Act of 1979), and that its obligations hereunder are contingent on compliance with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the United States Government and/or written assurances by Licensee that Licensee will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of the United States Government. University represents neither that a license will not be required nor that, if required, such a license will be issued.

20.3            Governing Law. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with, and its performance will be governed by, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of New York. Any suit, action, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement will take place in Rochester, New York.

21.0            Dispute Resolution

21.1            The parties will negotiate in good faith any controversy or disputed claim by either party arising under or related to this Agreement. If no resolution of such controversy or disputed claim is reached between the parties within ninety days of the commencement of negotiations, then either party may proceed to resort to the courts of the State of New York for resolution.

22.0            Attorneys Fees

The substantially prevailing party in arbitration or in any judicial or administrative action or proceeding arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be entitled to reimbursement from the other party for its reasonable costs and attorneys fees, including those on appeal, and including without limitation, the cost at the hourly charges routinely charged by the person providing the services, the time of legal assistants, secretarial and clerical overtime, and fees and expenses of experts retained by counsel.

Page 19 of 24

23.0            General

23.1            Severability. If any provision of this Agreement will be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not be in any way affected or impaired thereby.

23.2            No Waiver. No omission or delay of either party hereto in requiring due and punctual fulfillment of the obligations of any other party hereto will be deemed to constitute a waiver by such party of its rights to require such due and punctual fulfillment, or of any other of its remedies hereunder.

23.3            Amendments. No amendment or modification hereof will be valid or binding upon the parties unless it is made in writing, cites this Agreement, and is signed by duly authorized representatives of University and Licensee.

23.4            Assignment. This Agreement, and any rights or obligations hereunder, may be assigned by University but will not be assigned, transferred, or delegated in whole or in part by Licensee, except in connection with a merger of Licensee or a sale of all or substantially all of Licensee's assets, without University's express written approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment, transfer, or delegation in breach of this provision will be deemed to be void and to have no effect, and will entitle University to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Licensee. Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties' successors and lawful assigns.

23.5            Headings. The headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience and reference only, and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

23.6            University's Disclaimers. Neither University, nor any of its faculty members, scientists, researchers, employees, officers, trustees, or agents assume any responsibility for the manufacture, product specifications, sale, or use of the Licensed Products that are manufactured by or sold by Licensee.

23.7            No Endorsement. By entering into this Agreement, University neither directly nor indirectly endorses any product or service provided, or to be provided, by Licensee whether directly or indirectly related to this Agreement. Licensee will not state or imply that this Agreement is an endorsement by University or its employees.

23.8            Independent Contractors. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that each is an independent contractor and that neither party will be considered to be the agent, representative, master, or servant of the other party for any purpose whatsoever, and that neither party has any authority to enter into a contract, to assume any obligation, or to give warranties or representations on behalf of the other party. Nothing in this relationship will be construed to create a relationship of joint venture, partnership, fiduciary or other similar relationship between the parties.

Page 20 of 24

23.9            Reformation. The parties hereby agree that neither party intends to violate any public policy, statutory or common law, rule, regulation, treaty, or decision of any government agency or executive body thereof of any country or community or association of countries, and that if any word, sentence, paragraph or clause or combination thereof of this Agreement is found, by a court or executive body with judicial powers having jurisdiction over this Agreement or any of the parties hereto, in a final, unappealable order, to be in violation of any such provision in any country or community or association of countries, such words, sentences, paragraphs, or clauses or combination will be inoperative in such country or community or association of countries, and the remainder of this Agreement will remain binding upon the parties hereto.

23.10            Force Majeure. No liability hereunder will result to a party by reason of delay in performance caused by force majeure, that is, circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Party, including, without limitation, acts of God, fire, flood, earthquake, war, terrorism, civil unrest, labor unrest, or shortage of or inability to obtain material or equipment.

23.11            Survival. Paragraphs 5.2 (Confidential Information) and 11.7, 11.8 and 11.10 (Term and Termination); and Articles 10.0 (Record Keeping), 18.0 (Representations and Warranties), 19.0 (Indemnification), 20.0 (Applicable Law), 21.0 (Dispute Resolution) and 22.0 (Attorneys Fees), and other provisions that by their context would survive, will survive the termination of this Agreement.

	23.12	Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding of the parties and supersedes all previous communications, representations, or understandings, either oral or written, between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

	
PANTHER BIOTECHNOLGY INC

	 	
UNIVERSITY OF ROCHESTER

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
By: 

	 	
By:

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
Name:       Evan Levine

	 	
Name:  Scott J. Catlin

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
Title: Chief Executive Officer

	 	
Title: AVP UR Ventures

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	
Date:

	 	
Date:

	 

                                                               

Page 21 of 24

APPENDIX A

Patent Rights as of the Effective Date

	
Patent Name

	
Application Number

	
Country

	
Issue Date

	
Thiadiazolidinone Derivatives

	
PCT Application number: PCT/US2007/016391

	 	 
	 	
2007275686

	
Australia

	
02/14/2014

	 	
07810619.2

	
Europe

	 
	 	
574619

	
New Zealand

	
07/09/2012

	 	
12/374,002

	
US

	 

 

 

 

  

Page 22 of 24

APPENDIX B

Commercial Development Plan

This plan is provided by Panther Biotechnology

Work flow and Timeline:

Year 1: Goals – Mouse efficacy studies, Preliminary toxicology and PK studies, and Preliminary stability and formulation studies

Year 2: Goals – Initiate GLP stability work, Synthesis of drug for GLP toxicology, Schedule and conduct pre-IND meeting with FDA

Year 3: Goals – Complete GLP stability work

Year 4: Goals – CMC/GMP production of drug product for Phase 1 and IND application to FDA

 

 

 

 

  

Page 23 of 24

APPENDIX C

Benchmarks

		·	Annually spend not less than one hundred and fifty thousand dollars (US$150,000) for the development of Licensed Products during the first three (3) years of this Agreement.

		·	Market Licensed Products in the United States within six (6) months of receiving regulatory approval to market such Licensed Products.

		·	Obtain all necessary governmental approvals for the manufacture, use, and sale of Licensed Product.

		·	Reasonably fill the market demand for Licensed Products following commencement of marketing at any time during the term of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Page 24 of 24EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 XPO LOGISTICS, INC. 

as Company 
 and the Guarantors
party hereto from time to time 
 $1,600,000,000 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 

€500,000,000 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 
  

 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of June 9, 2015 
  

 
 and 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

as Trustee, Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch 

as London Paying Agent with respect to the Euro Notes 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. 

as Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Euro Notes 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1.01
	  	 DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02
	  	 OTHER DEFINITIONS
	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 1.03
	  	 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
	  	 	41	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01
	  	 AMOUNT OF NOTES
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 2.02
	  	 FORM AND DATING
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.03
	  	 EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION
	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 2.04
	  	 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 2.05
	  	 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 2.06
	  	 HOLDER LISTS
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 2.07
	  	 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
	  	 	45	  
	 SECTION 2.08
	  	 REPLACEMENT NOTES
	  	 	46	  
	 SECTION 2.09
	  	 OUTSTANDING NOTES
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.10
	  	 CANCELLATION
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.11
	  	 DEFAULTED INTEREST
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.12
	  	 CUSIP NUMBERS, ISINS, ETC
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 2.13
	  	 CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES
	  	 	47	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01
	  	 REDEMPTION
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 3.02
	  	 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 3.03
	  	 NOTICES TO TRUSTEE
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 3.04
	  	 SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 3.05
	  	 NOTICE OF OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 3.06
	  	 EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 3.07
	  	 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 3.08
	  	 NOTES REDEEMED IN PART
	  	 	50	  
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 SECTION 4.01
	  	 PAYMENT OF NOTES
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 4.02
	  	 REPORTS AND OTHER INFORMATION
	  	 	51	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 4.03
	  	 LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF DISQUALIFIED STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 4.04
	  	 LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
	  	 	59	  
	 SECTION 4.05
	  	 DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 4.06
	  	 ASSET SALES
	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 4.07
	  	 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 4.08
	  	 CHANGE OF CONTROL
	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 4.09
	  	 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 4.10
	  	 FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 4.11
	  	 FUTURE GUARANTORS
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 4.12
	  	 LIENS
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 4.13
	  	 ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS.
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 4.14
	  	 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 4.15
	  	 EXISTENCE
	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 4.16
	  	 COVENANT SUSPENSION
	  	 	78	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	SUCCESSOR COMPANY	  
			
	 SECTION 5.01
	  	 WHEN COMPANY AND GUARANTORS MAY MERGE OR TRANSFER ASSETS
	  	 	79	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	 SECTION 6.01
	  	 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 6.02
	  	 ACCELERATION
	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 6.03
	  	 OTHER REMEDIES
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 6.04
	  	 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 6.05
	  	 CONTROL BY MAJORITY
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 6.06
	  	 LIMITATION ON SUITS
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 6.07
	  	 RIGHTS OF THE HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 6.08
	  	 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 6.09
	  	 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 6.10
	  	 PRIORITIES
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 6.11
	  	 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 6.12
	  	 WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS
	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 7.01
	  	 DUTIES OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 7.02
	  	 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 7.03
	  	 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 7.04
	  	 TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 7.05
	  	 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS
	  	 	88	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
			
	 SECTION 7.06
	  	 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO THE HOLDERS
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 7.07
	  	 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 7.08
	  	 REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 7.09
	  	 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 7.10
	  	 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 7.11
	  	 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY
	  	 	91	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  
			
	 SECTION 8.01
	  	 DISCHARGE OF LIABILITY ON NOTES; DEFEASANCE
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 8.02
	  	 CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 8.03
	  	 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 8.04
	  	 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 8.05
	  	 INDEMNITY FOR GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 8.06
	  	 REINSTATEMENT
	  	 	94	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS	  
			
	 SECTION 9.01
	  	 WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 9.02
	  	 WITH CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 9.03
	  	 REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS AND WAIVERS
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 9.04
	  	 NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 9.05
	  	 TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 9.06
	  	 ADDITIONAL VOTING TERMS; CALCULATION OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 9.07
	  	 COMPLIANCE WITH THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT
	  	 	97	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	
	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	
	[INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	
	GUARANTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 12.01
	  	 GUARANTEE
	  	 	98	  
	 SECTION 12.02
	  	 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 12.03
	  	 NON-IMPAIRMENT
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 12.04
	  	 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 12.05
	  	 NO WAIVER
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 12.06
	  	 MODIFICATION
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 12.07
	  	 EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE FOR FUTURE GUARANTORS
	  	 	101	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE XIII	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	 SECTION 13.01
	  	 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.02
	  	 NOTICES
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 13.03
	  	 COMMUNICATION BY THE HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 13.04
	  	 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 13.05
	  	 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 13.06
	  	 WHEN NOTES DISREGARDED
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.07
	  	 RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.08
	  	 LEGAL HOLIDAYS
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.09
	  	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.10
	  	 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.11
	  	 SUCCESSORS
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.12
	  	 MULTIPLE ORIGINALS
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.13
	  	 TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 13.14
	  	 INDENTURE CONTROLS
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.15
	  	 SEVERABILITY
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.16
	  	 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.17
	  	 PRESCRIPTION.
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.18
	  	 CURRENCY INDEMNITY AND CALCULATION OF EURO-DENOMINATED RESTRICTIONS
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.19
	  	 U.S.A. PATRIOT ACT
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.20
	  	 SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 13.21
	  	 FATCA
	  	 	106	  

  

					
	Appendix A	 	–	    	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes and Additional Notes
	
	EXHIBIT INDEX
			
	Exhibit A-1	 	–	    	Form of Initial Dollar Note
	Exhibit A-2	 	–	    	Form of Initial Euro Note
	Exhibit B	 	–	    	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
	Exhibit C	 	–	    	Form of Supplemental Indenture

  
 -iv- 

 INDENTURE, dated as of June 9, 2015, among XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation
(together with its successors and assigns, the “Company”), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon,
London Branch, as London Paying Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Euro Notes. 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of
(i) $1,600,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Dollar Notes”), and (ii) €500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the
Company’s 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Euro Notes” and, together with the Initial Dollar Notes, the “Initial Notes”) each of which shall be a separate series hereunder and (v) Additional Notes
(as defined herein) of any series issued from time to time (together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”). 
 ARTICLE I

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.01 Definitions. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into
or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset
acquired by such specified Person. 
 Acquired Indebtedness will be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the
preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of such assets. 

“Additional Dollar Notes” means the Dollar Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date
(except for Dollar Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, Dollar Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 3.08, 4.06(e), 4.08(c) or Appendix A). 

“Additional Euro Notes” means the Euro Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date (except
for Euro Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, Euro Notes issued on the Issue Date pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 3.08, 4.06(e), 4.08(c) or Appendix A). 

“Additional Notes” means Additional Dollar Notes and Additional Euro Notes. 

“Additional Refinancing Amount” means, in connection with the Incurrence of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the aggregate
principal amount of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay accrued and unpaid interest, premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, defeasance costs and fees in respect thereof. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 
 “Applicable Law” has the meaning set
forth in Section 13.21. 
 “Applicable Premium” means 

(i) with respect to any Dollar Note on any applicable redemption date, as determined by the Company, the greater of: 

(1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Dollar Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Dollar Note, at June 15, 2018 (such
redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Dollar Note), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Dollar Note through June 15, 2018 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), discounted to the redemption date
and computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Dollar Note; and 

(ii) with respect to any Euro Note on any applicable redemption date, as determined by the Company, the greater of: 

(1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Euro Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 

(a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Euro Note, at December 15, 2017
(such redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the Euro Note), plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Euro Note through December 15, 2017 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), discounted to the redemption
date and computed using a discount rate equal to the Comparable Government Bond Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Euro Note. 

“Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions)
of property or assets (including by way of Sale/ Leaseback Transactions) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign
nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 

  
 -2- 

 in each case other than: 

(a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged, surplus, uneconomic, negligible or
worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment of any intellectual property); 

(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor in a manner permitted pursuant to
Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted
Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04; 
 (d) any disposition of assets of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued in any single transaction or series of related transactions have an
aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of less than $35 million; 
 (e) any disposition of
property or assets, or the sale or issuance of securities, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(f) any disposition of the Capital Stock of any joint venture to the extent required by the terms of customary buy-sell type
arrangements entered into in connection with the formation of such joint venture; 
 (g) any exchange of assets (including a
combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the
Company; 
 (h) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (i) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (k) any sale of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 

(l) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other
intellectual property; 

  
 -3- 

 (m) any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal
property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the
Company; 
 (n) a transfer of assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” (or a
fractional undivided interest therein), including by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

(o) (i) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by this Indenture, and (ii) any Sale/Leaseback Transactions consummated with respect to Railcars that the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries acquires from the original lessor thereof in connection with the termination of the related lease and with the intent of refinancing such Railcars under a new Sale/Leaseback Transaction; 

(p) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 

(q) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a
Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition),
made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 

(r) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of
business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 
 (s) any surrender,
expiration or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; 

(t) making Chassis, containers and Railcars available, on a non-exclusive basis, to third parties in accordance with the UIIA
and the Interchange System, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices and undertaken in good faith; and 

(u) any transfer of accounts receivable and related assets in connection with any factoring or similar arrangements entered
into by Foreign Subsidiaries on arm’s-length terms. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or
in respect of (a) the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid,
refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after termination of the Credit Agreement), including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any
portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the
maturity thereof, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is
allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof and (b) whether or not the Indebtedness

  
 -4- 

 
referred to in clause (a) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company to be included in this definition, one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing
for revolving credit loans, term loans, reserve-based loans, securitization or receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or
letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any
other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to
time. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person or
any direct or indirect parent of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 

“Borrowing Base” means the sum of (i) 85% of the book value of accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code or
the PPSA or any similar legislation) of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) the lesser of (A) 65% of the cost of, or (B) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of, the equipment (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
or the PPSA or any similar legislation) of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) the lesser of (A) 80% of the net book value of, or (B) 65% of the net orderly liquidation value of, all railcars, chassis, trucks, trailers
or tractors owned by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday
or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City or the place of payment. 

“Capital Stock” means: 

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares; 

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other
equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company,
partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers
on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP; provided that obligations of the Company or the
Restricted Subsidiaries, or of a special purpose or other entity not consolidated with the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, either existing on the Issue Date or created thereafter that (a) initially were not included on the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company as capital lease obligations and were subsequently characterized as capital lease obligations or, in the case of such a special purpose or other entity becoming consolidated with the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries were required to be characterized as capital lease obligations upon such consideration, in either case, due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, or (b) did not exist on the Issue Date and were required to be
characterized as capital lease obligations but would not have been required to be treated as capital lease obligations on the Issue Date had they existed at that time, shall for all purposes not be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations or
Indebtedness. 

  
 -5- 

 “Capital Markets Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act, (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is resold in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S of the
Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC or (c) a placement to institutional investors. The term “Capital Markets Indebtedness”
shall not include any Indebtedness under commercial bank facilities or similar Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a
“securities offering.” 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, Canadian dollars, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or
such other local currencies held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government, Canada, Switzerland or any country
that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the date of acquisition; 

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose long-term debt is rated
“A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency); 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper issued
by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case
maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of
the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof or any Canadian province having at least a rating of Aa3 from Moody’s or a rating of AA- from S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized
ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued
by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two
years from the date of acquisition; 
 (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (7) above; and 
 (9) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses
(1) through (8) above denominated in any foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States of
America to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction. 

  
 -6- 

 “cash management services” means cash management services for collections,
treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), any demand deposit, payroll, trust or operating account
relationships, commercial credit cards, merchant card, purchase or debit cards, non-card e-payables services, and other cash management services, including electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer
services. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the sale, lease or transfer (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of
all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) other than to
the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of the Permitted Holders; or 
 (2) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or
any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or
any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction
or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more
than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, in each case, other than an acquisition where the holders of the voting stock of the Company as of immediately prior to such acquisition hold 50% or more of the Voting Stock of
the ultimate parent of the Company or successor thereto immediately after such acquisition (provided no holder of the voting stock of the Company as of immediately prior to such acquisition (other than any of the Permitted Holders) owns, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately after such acquisition). 

“Chassis” means any intermodal chassis owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of steel frames with
rubber tires and employed in the conduct of such Person’s business to transport containers over highways. 
 “Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Comparable Government Bond Rate” means, as of the applicable
redemption date, as determined by the Company, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date, of with respect to the Euro Notes, direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany of comparable maturity (as published in the Financial Times or,
if not published therein, any publicly available similar source of market data) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to December 15, 2017 or if there are no such obligations, such other German government bond as an
independent investment bank selected by the Company may determine to be appropriate. 

  
 -7- 

 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any
Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of intangible assets and deferred financing fees and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related
to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, as of any date of determination, the EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, on a consolidated basis, calculated on a pro forma basis consistent with the calculations made under the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication,
of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such
expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations, amortization of deferred financing
fees and original issue discount, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees and non-cash interest expense attributable to movement in mark to market valuation of Hedging
Obligations or other derivatives (in each case permitted hereunder) under GAAP); plus 
 (2) consolidated capitalized
interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; plus 
 (3)
commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Securitization Financing which are payable to Persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 

(4) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 
 (1) any
net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses or charges shall be excluded; 

(2) any severance expenses, relocation expenses, restructuring expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans, excess pension charges, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities
closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses, expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment,
acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, 

  
 -8- 

 
refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), and any fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, in each case, shall be excluded;

 (3) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and
such Subsidiaries and including, without limitation, the effects of adjustments to (A) Capitalized Lease Obligations or (B) any other deferrals of income) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase
accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (4) the Net Income
for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period; 
 (5) any
net after-tax income or loss from disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations or fixed assets and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations or fixed
assets shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto)
attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Company) shall be excluded; 

(7) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early
extinguishment of indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (8) (a) the Net
Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or
distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period and (b) the Net Income for such Period shall include any dividend,
distribution or other payment in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) received by the referent Person or a Subsidiary thereof (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such referent Person) from any Person in excess of, but without
duplication of, the amounts included in subclause (a); 
 (9) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of
dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of
the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends
or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash)
by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (10) an amount equal to the
amount of Tax Distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xi) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such
Person for such period; 

  
 -9- 

 (11) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP,
and the amortization of intangibles and other fair value adjustments arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (12) any
non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other
rights shall be excluded; 
 (13) any (a) non-cash compensation charges, (b) costs and expenses after the Issue
Date related to employment of terminated employees, or (c) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and
employees, in each case of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary, shall be excluded; 
 (14) accruals and reserves that
are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies shall be excluded; 

(15) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under
GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded; 
 (16) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency
remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for currency exchange risk, shall be excluded; 

(17) (a) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that
there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (i) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (ii) in fact reimbursed within
365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded and
(b) amounts in respect of which such Person has determined that there exists reasonable evidence that such amounts will in fact be reimbursed by insurance in respect of lost revenues or earnings in respect of liability or casualty events or
business interruption shall be included (with a deduction for amounts actually received up to such estimated amount, to the extent included in Net Income in a future period); and 

(18) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends,
repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.04
pursuant to clauses (4) and (5) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
 “Consolidated Non-Cash
Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the non-cash expenses (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person
for such period on a consolidated 

  
 -10- 

 
basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash
payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior
period. 
 “Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date, the ratio of
(i) Secured Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; (provided that in making such calculation, the maximum amount of
Indebtedness that the Company is permitted to incur under Section 4.03(b)(i) shall be deemed outstanding and secured by a Lien)) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance
sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. 
 In the event that the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the
calculation of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period;
provided that the Company may elect pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence
of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time.  

To the extent (i) the Company elects pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of
the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred or (ii) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary elects to treat Indebtedness as having been Incurred prior to the actual Incurrence thereof pursuant to Section 4.03(c)(3), the
Company shall deem all or such portion of such commitment or such Indebtedness, as applicable, as having been Incurred and to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio for any period in which the Company
makes any such election and for any subsequent period until such commitments or such Indebtedness, as applicable, are no longer outstanding. 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations,
consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has made during the four-quarter reference period or
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro
forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations or discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting
therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period shall have consummated any pro forma event that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
thereto for such period 

  
 -11- 

 
as if such pro forma event had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had
occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.  
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma
effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the
applicable event within 12 months of the date the applicable event is consummated. For the avoidance of doubt, adjustments to the computation of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio arising from any pro forma event and made in
accordance with this paragraph and the paragraph immediately above shall not be subject to the 20% cap set forth in clause (9) of the definition of “EBITDA”. 

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation
has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest
implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed
based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered
rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average
exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 

“Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated
Secured Net Leverage Ratio”. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision
for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and any
Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as
of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (1) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any undrawn letters of credit)
consisting of bankers’ acceptances and Indebtedness for borrowed money, plus (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries,
with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 -12- 

 “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in
the definition of “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio”. 
 “Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, with
respect to any Person, at any date, the ratio of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of
cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to
(ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. 

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the
commencement of the period for which the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Total Net Leverage
Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of
making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a
business, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Calculation Date (each,
for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, or discontinued operations (and
the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have consummated any pro forma event that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the
Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such pro forma event had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such
period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for
such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments
appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the
applicable event within 12 months of the date the applicable event is consummated. For the avoidance of doubt, adjustments to the computation of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio arising from any pro forma event and made in accordance with
this paragraph and the paragraph immediately above shall not be subject to the 20% cap set forth in clause (9) of the definition of “EBITDA.” 

  
 -13- 

 If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such
Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of
the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro
forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. 

For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average
exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends
or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any
obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property
constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds: 

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of
the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the designated office of the Trustee in the United States of America at which at any time its
corporate trust business shall be administered, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as
such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and the Company). 
 “Credit Agreement”
means (i) the Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2014, as amended from time to time on or prior to the Issue Date, among the Company, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent, and
the other parties thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original 

  
 -14- 

 
lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing,
replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount
loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof (except to the extent any such refinancing, replacement or restructuring is designated by the Company not to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement”) and
(ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Company to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper
facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, securitization or receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or
letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any
other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, waived, extended, restructured, repaid, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced (whether or not upon
termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise) or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit
Agreement Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded,
replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time. 

“Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication): 

(1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from October 1, 2014
to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100%
of such deficit), plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash, received by the Company after the Existing Notes Issue Date (other than net proceeds to the extent such net proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or
Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (excluding the Norbert Equity Financing, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated
Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions, and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), plus 

(3) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Company received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company after the Existing Notes Issue Date (other than (i) Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, and Disqualified Stock
and other than contributions to the extent such contributions have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xiii) and (ii) the Norbert Equity Financing), plus 

  
 -15- 

 (4) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation
preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Existing Notes Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted
Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (provided, in the case of any such parent, such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished), plus 
 (5) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of property other than cash received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from: 

(A) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) and from repayments of
loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(vii)), 

(B) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or 

(C) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 

(6) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated
or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Investment of the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the Fair Market Value of such Investment shall exceed $50 million, shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company) at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or
of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(vii) or constituted a Permitted Investment).

 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash
consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth such valuation, less the amount of
Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred
Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan
or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof. 

  
 -16- 

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of
such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a
change of control or asset sale), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part
(other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the
portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided,
further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or their Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by such Person in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided,
further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

 “Dollar Notes” means the Initial Dollar Notes and any Additional Dollar Notes. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 

(2) Fixed Charges and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities; plus 

(3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus 

(4) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges; plus 

(5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any issuance of Equity
Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence, modification or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including
(i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, the Notes or any Bank Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and
charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Securitization Financing; plus 

  
 -17- 

 (6) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or
expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of facility closures, facility consolidations, retention, severance, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and
excess pension charges); plus 
 (7) the amount of loss or discount on sale of assets to a Securitization Subsidiary
in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus 
 (8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the
capital of the Company or any Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation of the Cumulative
Credit; plus 
 (9) the amount of net cost savings, operating improvements or synergies projected by the Company in
good faith to be realized within twelve months following the date of any operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations which have been or are intended to be initiated (other than those
operational changes, business realignment projects or initiatives, restructurings or reorganizations entered into in connection with any pro forma event (as defined in “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”) (calculated on a pro forma basis
as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that such net cost savings and operating improvements or synergies
are reasonably identifiable and quantifiable; provided, further, that the aggregate amount added to EBITDA pursuant to this clause (9) shall not exceed 20% of EBITDA for such period (determined after giving effect to such
adjustments); 
 less, without duplication, to the extent the same increased Consolidated Net Income, 

(10) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any
items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period). 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale after the Issue Date of common Capital Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such direct or indirect parent’s common stock registered on
Form S-4 or Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“Euro Government Obligations” means any security that is (i) a direct obligation of Ireland, Belgium, the Netherlands,
France, Germany or any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union 

  
 -18- 

 
on the Issue Date, for the payment of which the full faith and credit of such country is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of any such country the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such country, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuer thereof. 
 “Euro MTF Market” means the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as
determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Company) received by the Company after the Issue Date from: 

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any
other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Notes by any
requirement of law or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a governmental authority to guarantee the Notes (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (b) each Domestic Subsidiary
that is prohibited by any applicable contractual requirement from guaranteeing the Notes on the Issue Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary (to the extent not incurred in connection with becoming a Subsidiary and in each case for
so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (c) any Domestic Subsidiary (i) that owns no material assets (directly or through its Subsidiaries) other than equity interests of one or more Foreign
Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code (“CFCs”) or (ii) that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a CFC, (d) any Foreign
Subsidiary and (e) any Securitization Subsidiary. 
 “Existing Notes Issue Date” means August 25, 2014. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length
transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 

“Fixed Charge Calculation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such
period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. 
 In the event that the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs,
repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of any Qualified Securitization Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the

  
 -19- 

 
applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being
calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to
such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period;
provided that the Company may elect pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent
Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to ban an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 

To the extent (i) the Company elects pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of
the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred or (ii) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary elects to treat Indebtedness as having been Incurred prior to the actual Incurrence thereof pursuant to Section 4.03(c)(3), the
Company shall deem all or such portion of such commitment or such Indebtedness, as applicable, as having been Incurred and to be outstanding for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any period in which the Company makes any
such election and for any subsequent period until such commitments or such Indebtedness, as applicable, are no longer outstanding. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has made during the four-quarter reference
period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a pro forma basis
assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, or discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred
on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such
period shall have made consummated any pro forma event, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if
such  pro forma event had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. If since the beginning of such period any Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary is
designated a Restricted Subsidiary, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma
calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company as set
forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to reflect operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event within 12 months of the date the applicable event is
consummated. For the avoidance of doubt, adjustments to the computation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (or of Consolidated EBITDA) arising from any pro forma event and made in accordance with this paragraph and the paragraph
immediately above shall not be subject to the 20% cap set forth in clause (9) of the definition of “EBITDA”. 
 If any
Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the
entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable 

  
 -20- 

 
to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined
at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the
Company may designate. 
 For purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S.
dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: (1) Consolidated
Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of deferred financing costs) of such Person for such period, and (2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified
Stock of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Euro Notes” means the Initial Euro Notes and any Additional Euro
Notes. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States
of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such
other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any
Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. The amount of any guarantee shall be deemed
to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person
in good faith. 
 “Guarantee” means, as to any series of Notes, any guarantee of the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and such series of Notes by any Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Guarantor”
means, as to any series of Notes, any Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees the Notes of such series by executing this Indenture or a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto; provided that upon the release or
discharge of such Person from its Guarantee of such series of Notes in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor of such series of Notes. 

  
 -21- 

 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such
Person under: 
 (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or
commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 
 (2) other agreements or
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices. 

“holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any
Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a
Subsidiary. “Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have like meanings. 
 “Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) the principal of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent,
(a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),
(c) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property (except any such balance that constitutes (i) a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any
earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than twelve months
after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing
indebtedness would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or
otherwise, the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and 

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person
(whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such asset at
such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 
 provided, however, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in respect of borrowed money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase
price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of 

  
 -22- 

 
the respective seller; (4) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Securitization Financing; (5) trade and other ordinary course payables, accrued expenses and intercompany
liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business; (6) obligations in respect of cash management services; (7) in the case of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (x) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not
exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business and (y) intercompany liabilities in connection with cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries; and (8) any obligations under Hedging Obligations; provided that such agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the
board of directors or senior management of the Company, whether or not accounted for as a hedge in accordance with GAAP) and, in the case of any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar
agreement, such agreements are related to business transactions of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and, in the case of any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement,
interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, such agreements substantially correspond in terms of
notional amount, duration and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred without violation of this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to,
the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting
for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness
under this Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of
nationally recognized standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Interchange System” means that certain rail interchange system governed by the Code of Car Service Rules/Code of Car Hire
Rules contained in AAR Circular OT-10 as promulgated in the Official Railway Equipment Register, as in effect from time to time, or any successor thereto. 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-1 with respect to the Dollar Notes, and Exhibit
A-2 with respect to the Euro Notes. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the
equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency in the event that either Moody’s and/or S&P has not then rated the Notes of the applicable series. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof (other than Cash Equivalents), 

  
 -23- 

 (2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by
Moody’s and BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Company and its Subsidiaries, 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold material amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution, and 
 (4) corresponding
instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in
the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the
ordinary course of business and any assets or securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss and any prepayments and
other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be
classified on the balance sheet of such Person in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion
(proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount
(if positive) equal to: 
 (a) its “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 

(b) the portion (proportionate to its equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith
by the Company) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred
to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 

“Issue Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued. 

“Jacobs” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Permitted Holders”. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance of any
kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof); provided that in no event shall an
operating lease or an agreement to sell be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

  
 -24- 

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to
the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset
Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash
form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and
any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including Tax Distributions and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related solely to
such disposition), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of
appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated
with such transaction. 
 “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Notes, other than an entity or arrangement that is
treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is not a U.S. Holder. 
 “Norbert” means Norbert
Dentressangle S.A., a French public limited company (société anonyme). 
 “Norbert Acquisition” means the
acquisition by the Company, directly or indirectly, of up to 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Norbert pursuant to (a) the Norbert Private Sale and (b) the Norbert Offer and (c) market purchases or any other purchase of shares
not sold in the Norbert Offer or the Norbert Private Sale. 
 “Norbert Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Share
Purchase Agreement among Dentressangle Initiatives, Mr. Norbert Dentressangle, Mrs. Evelyne Dentressangle, Mr. Pierre-Henri Dentressangle, Ms. Marine Dentressangle (collectively, the “Private Seller”) and the Company,
dated as of April 28, 2015, together with all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto. 
 “Norbert Acquisition Closing
Date” means the date upon which the Norbert Private Sale is consummated. 
 “Norbert Equity Financing”
means the dollar amount of the net proceeds from the issuance and sale of Equity Interests in the Company at or around the Norbert Acquisition Closing Date, that are applied to finance the Norbert Transactions; provided that in determining the
amount of proceeds from such issuance applied to finance the Norbert Transactions, the Company may conclusively assume that it has financed the Norbert Transactions (A) with (i) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents on the
balance sheet of the Company on the Norbert Acquisition Closing Date (excluding any amounts described 

  
 -25- 

 
in clause (ii) and (iii) or such issuance and sale of Equity Interests), (ii) the net proceeds of this offering and (iii) the net proceeds of any other Indebtedness incurred
to finance the Norbert Transactions, and (B) that any remaining amounts necessary to fund the Norbert Transaction (after assuming the application of the amounts specified in clauses (A) (i) to (iii)), are funded from the net proceeds
from such issuance and sale of Equity Interests in the Company. 
 “Norbert Existing Indebtedness” means: 

(i) Indebtedness under the Multicurrency Revolving Facility in French language entitled “Convention de Crédit
Renouvelable Multidevises 400.000.000€” dated 23 December 2013 between, inter alia, Norbert, as guarantor, Norbert, Norbert Dentressangle Overseas—NDO, NDT, NDL International, as initial borrowers, Société
Générale as agent, the mandated lead arrangers and the initial lenders for a maximum principal amount of €400,000,000; 

(ii) Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in French language entitled “Convention de Crédit
250.000.000€” dated 1 August 2014 between, inter alia, Norbert, as borrower, Société Générale as agent, the mandated lead arrangers and bookrunner and the initial lenders for a maximum principal amount of
€250,000,000; 
 (iii) Indebtedness under the EURO PP Credit Agreement in French language entitled “Convention de
Crédit” dated 5 February 2013 between, inter alia, Norbert as borrower, Société Générale as arranger, Société Générale as agent and Société Générale
as initial lender for a maximum principal amount of €75,000,000; 
 (iv) Indebtedness under EURO
PP—€75,000,000 3.80 per cent. Notes of Norbert due 20 December 2019 governed by a prospectus dated 18 December 2013; 

(v) Indebtedness under EURO PP—€160,000,000 4.00 per cent. Notes of Norbert due 20 December 2020 governed
by a prospectus dated 18 December 2013; and 
 (vi) any other Indebtedness of Norbert or its Subsidiaries existing on
the Norbert Acquisition Closing Date, including asset-level Indebtedness and any Indebtedness thereof permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Norbert Acquisition Agreement. 

“Norbert Offer” means the mandatory public takeover offer made or to be made by the Company pursuant to the General
Regulation of the French Autorité des marches financiers and in accordance with the Norbert Offer Agreement. 
 “Norbert
Offer Agreement” means the Tender Offer Agreement between the Company and Norbert, dated as of April 28, 2015, together with all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto. 

“Norbert Private Sale” means the sale of 6,561,776 ordinary shares, nominal value €2 of Norbert to be acquired by the
Company pursuant to the Norbert Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Norbert Transactions” means (a) the consummation of the
Norbert Acquisition (including the Norbert Private Sale and the Norbert Offer) and transactions contemplated thereby and in connection therewith, (b) the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ incurrence, replacement, redemption,
repayment, defeasance, discharge or refinancing of indebtedness or liens in connection with the Norbert Acquisition, (c) the amendment of the Credit Agreement described in clause (i) of the definition thereof, in connection with the
foregoing, and (d) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the foregoing. 

  
 -26- 

 “Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes, this Indenture
and the Guarantees. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements
(including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations
with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of third parties other than the Trustee and the holders of the Notes. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated June 4, 2015, relating to the issuance of the Initial Notes.

 “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed on behalf of such Person by two Officers
of such Person, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Person, which meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means, with respect to any Person, a written opinion acceptable to the Trustee, from legal counsel. The
counsel may be an employee of or counsel to such Person. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means, for any series of Notes:
(a) with respect to the Company, the Notes of such series and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes of such series; and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee of such Notes and any Indebtedness
which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes of such series. 
 “Permitted
Holders” means Jacobs Private Equity, LLC and each of its Affiliates, Bradley Jacobs (“Jacobs”), any entity controlled by Jacobs, Jacobs’ wife, Jacobs’ children and other lineal descendants and trusts established
for the benefit of any of the foregoing. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result
of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (4) any Investment in
securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 

(5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date or an Investment consisting
of any extension, modification or renewal of any 

  
 -27- 

 
Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue
Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (6) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees or
consultants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate outstanding amount (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write-downs or write-offs thereof) not
to exceed $45 million at the time of Incurrence, (ii) in respect of payroll payments and expenses in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in connection with such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct
or indirect parent of the Company solely to the extent that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Company in cash as common equity; 

(7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) in exchange for any other Investment or
accounts receivable held by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a
result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 

(9) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the sum of (x) the greater of $360 million and 60% of Consolidated EBITDA
at the time such Investment is made, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such
Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in
any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause
(1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(10) additional Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in
good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the sum of (x) the greater of $360 million and 60% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the
date of such Investment plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and
shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 -28- 

 (11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related
travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or
indirect parent of the Company; 
 (12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company
(other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Company, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3) of the
definition of “Cumulative Credit”; 
 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that
is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (iv), (vi), (viii)(B) and (xv) of Section 4.07(b)); 

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11 including, without limitation, any guarantee
or other obligation issued or incurred under the Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings
under, such letters of credit); 
 (15) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of inventory,
supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property; 

(16) any Investment in a Securitization Subsidiary or any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in
connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Financing or any related Indebtedness; 

(17) any Investment in an entity which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells Securitization
Assets pursuant to a Securitization Financing; 
 (18) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date
or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with, or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in
contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 

(19) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection
or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers; 
 (20) advances in the form of
a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(21) Investments in joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries not to exceed $100 million in the aggregate at any one time
outstanding, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment (with the
Fair Market Value 

  
 -29- 

 
of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (21) is
made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause
(1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (21) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; and 

(22) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Company or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management
arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to
any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits and other Liens granted by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws,
unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory
obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds, performance and return of money bonds, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case
Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as landlord’s, carriers’,
warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction or other like Liens securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other
Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or
with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, trackage rights, special assessments, easements or reservations of, or rights
of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, servicing agreements, development agreements, site plan agreements and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary
course of business or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and
which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(6) (A) Liens on assets of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; 
 (B) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(i) and (y) any other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture if, in the case of clause (y), as of the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company does not exceed 3.50 to 1.00; 

  
 -30- 

 (C) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to clause (iv) or (xiv) (to the extent such guarantees are issued in respect of any Indebtedness) of Section 4.03(b); 

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement); 

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to
any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such
Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition); 
 (9) Liens on assets or property at the time the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens
are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other
than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition); 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging
Obligations not incurred in violation of this Indenture; 
 (12) Liens on inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or
other goods; 
 (13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing
statement filings (or equivalent filings including under the PPSA) regarding operating leases or other obligations not constituting Indebtedness; 

(15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor; 

(16) Liens on assets of the type specified in the definition of “Securitization Financing” Incurred in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

  
 -31- 

 (17) pledges and deposits and other Liens made in the ordinary course of business
to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(19) leases or subleases, and licenses or sublicenses (including with respect to intellectual property) granted to others in
the ordinary course of business, and Liens on real property which is not owned but is leased or subleased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings,
refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) of this definition; provided, however,
that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to the original Lien) that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on and
accessions to such property, proceeds and products thereof, customary security deposits and any other assets pursuant to the after-acquired property clauses to the extent such assets secured (or would have secured) the Indebtedness being refinanced,
refunded, extended, renewed or replaced), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or, if
greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, (B) unpaid accrued interest and
premiums (including tender premiums), and (C) an amount necessary to pay any underwriting discounts, defeasance costs, commissions, fees and expenses related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided,
further, however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B) or (6)(C), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred
for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (6)(B) or (6)(C) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause
(6)(B) or (6)(C); 
 (21) Liens on equipment of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary
course of business to the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 

(22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights
related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of
goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens incurred to secure cash management services or to
implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (25) other Liens securing obligations the
outstanding principal amount of which does not, taken together with the principal amount of all other obligations secured by Liens incurred under this clause (25) that are at that time outstanding, exceed the greater of $180 million and 30% of
Consolidated EBITDA at the time of incurrence; 

  
 -32- 

 (26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with
respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement securing obligations of such joint venture or pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 

(27) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under any indenture issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow
arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions; 

(28) Liens (i) arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of
set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary
course of business or (iii) encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 

(29) Liens (i) in favor of credit card companies pursuant to agreements therewith and (ii) in favor of customers;

 (30) Liens disclosed by the title insurance policies delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement and any
replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien; provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Lien shall not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Lien prior to such replacement, extension or renewal;
provided, further, that the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Lien are permitted under this Indenture; 

(31) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers,
suppliers or service providers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (32) in the
case of real property that constitutes a leasehold interest, any Lien to which the fee simple interest (or any superior leasehold interest) is subject; 

(33) agreements to subordinate any interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other
prices arising from inventory consigned by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(34) Liens on securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Cash Equivalents under clause (4) of
the definition thereof; 
 (35) [reserved] 

(36) Liens securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided that such Liens are limited to the
applicable unearned insurance premiums; and 
 (37) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past practice to lessors of Railcars, Chassis, trucks, trailers or tractors, leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to arrangements which are intended to be true leases. 

  
 -33- 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“PPSA “ means the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario) (or any successor statute) or similar legislation (including the
Civil Code of Quebec) of any other Canadian jurisdiction the laws of which are required by such legislation to be applied in connection with the issue, perfection, effect of perfection, enforcement, enforceability, opposability, validity or effect
of security interests or other applicable lien. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of
payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Private Seller” has the meaning set forth in the
definition of “Norbert Acquisition Agreement”. 
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization
Financing of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Company
shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the
Securitization Subsidiary; 
 (2) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary are
made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company); and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants,
termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Company) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Securitization
Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Railcars” means the railroad cars, locomotives or other rolling stock (including stacktrain), or accessories used on such
railroad cars, locomotives or other rolling stock (including superstructures and racks) owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and employed in the conduct of such Person’s business. 

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the
Notes for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act selected by the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Record Date” has the
meaning specified in Exhibit A-1 with respect to the Dollar Notes, and Exhibit A-2 with respect to the Euro Notes. 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03(b)(xv). 

  
 -34- 

 “Responsible Officer” means: 

(1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate
trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
 (2)
who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash
Equivalents held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries that would appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted
Subsidiary of such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company. 

“Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between any of the Company and a Restricted
Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any
successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Consolidated Total Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Securitization Assets” means any of the following assets (or interests therein) from time to time
originated, acquired or otherwise owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has any rights or interests, in each case, without regard to where such assets or interests are located:
(1) accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange), (2) royalty and other similar payments made related to the use of trade names and other intellectual property, business support, training and other services, (3) revenues
related to distribution and merchandising of the products of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (4) intellectual property rights relating to the generation of any of the foregoing types of assets, (5) parcels of or interests in
real property, together with all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof and (6) any other assets and property to the
extent customarily included in securitization transactions of the relevant type in the applicable jurisdictions (as determined by the Company in good faith). 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
participation interests issued or sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Securitization Financing. 

  
 -35- 

 “Securitization Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that
may be entered into by the Company or any of their Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any
of their Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization Assets, proceeds of such
Securitization Assets and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving Securitization Assets and any Hedging
Obligations entered into by the Company or any such Subsidiary in connection with such Securitization Assets. 
 “Securitization
Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or
otherwise, including as a result of a Securitization Asset or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event
relating to the seller. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary (or another Person formed
for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Securitization Financing with the Company in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries transfers Securitization Assets and related
assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of Securitization Assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating
thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Subsidiary and: 

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the
Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to
the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 
 (b) with which neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); and 

(c) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s
financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings). 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of
the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

  
 -36- 

 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a
“Significant Subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provisions). 

“Similar Business” means any business (x) the majority of whose revenues are derived from business or activities
conducted by the Company and their Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, (y) that is a natural outgrowth or reasonable extension, development, expansion of any business or activities conducted by the Company and their subsidiaries on the Issue Date
or any business similar, reasonably related, incidental, complementary or ancillary to any of the foregoing and (z) any business that in the Company’s good faith business judgment constitutes a reasonable diversification of businesses
conducted by the Company and their Subsidiaries. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations,
warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Company or any of their Subsidiaries which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing including, without limitation,
those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the
final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated
Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Company, any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor
which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person,
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or
a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership
interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of
the Company. 
 “Suspension Period” means the period of time between a Covenant Suspension Event and the related Reversion
Date. 
 “Tax Distributions” means any distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xi). 

  
 -37- 

 “Tax Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(b)(xi). 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

 “Transactions” means the issuance and sale of the Notes pursuant to the Offering Memorandum, and the transactions
related and pursuant thereto and the Norbert Transactions. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date,
as determined by the Company, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption
date to June 15, 2018; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to June 15, 2018, as applicable, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to
this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “UIIA” means the Uniform Intermodal
Interchange and Facilities Access Agreement, effective as of April 20, 2009, administered by The Intermodal Association of North America, together with each addendum thereto executed by Pacer Stacktrain, Inc. or Union Pacific Railroad Company
and each Motor Carrier (as defined in the UIIA) party thereto, pursuant to which Pacer Stacktrain, Inc. or Union Pacific Railroad Company and each Motor Carrier have agreed to additional terms and conditions applicable to the interchange of Chassis
to such Motor Carrier by Pacer Stacktrain, Inc. or Union Pacific Railroad Company. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” or
“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to
apply to any item or items. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board
of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be
an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless at the time of such designation such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated, in each case at the time of such designation; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not
thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries unless otherwise permitted under Section 4.04; provided, further,
however, that either: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or
less; or 
 (b) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted
under Section 4.04. 

  
 -38- 

 The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x) (1) the
Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than such ratio immediately prior to
such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 
 (y) no Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 Any such designation by the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly
filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing
provisions. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, on the Issue Date, XPO Escrow Sub, LLC shall be automatically deemed an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United
States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall
also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S.
Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of
such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is
a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of
Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust (x) with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over
its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (y) that has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. 

  
 -39- 

 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such
Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of
determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum
of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital
Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required pursuant to applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

SECTION 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Section

		
	$	  	1.03(j)
	€	  	1.03(j)
	Additional Amounts	  	4.13
	Affiliate Transaction	  	4.07(a)
	Agent Members	  	Appendix A
	Asset Sale Offer	  	4.06(b)
	Authentication Order	  	2.03
	Bankruptcy Law	  	6.01
	Change of Control Offer	  	4.08(b)
	Clearstream	  	Appendix A
	Common Depositary	  	Appendix A
	Company	  	Preamble
	covenant defeasance option	  	8.01(b)
	Covenant Suspension Event	  	4.16
	Custodian	  	6.01
	Definitive Note	  	Appendix A
	Depository	  	Appendix A
	euro	  	1.03(j)
	Euroclear	  	Appendix A
	Event of Default	  	6.01
	Excess Proceeds	  	4.06(b)
	Global Notes	  	Appendix A
	Global Notes Legend	  	Appendix A
	Guaranteed Obligations	  	12.01(a)
	IAI	  	Appendix A
	Increased Amount	  	4.12(d)
	Initial Dollar Notes	  	Preamble
	Initial Euro Notes	  	Preamble
	Initial Notes	  	Preamble

  
 -40- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Section

		
	legal defeasance option	  	8.01(b)
	Notes	  	Preamble
	Notes Custodian	  	Appendix A
	Notice of Default	  	6.01
	Offer Period	  	4.06(d)
	Paying Agent	  	2.04(a)
	Permitted Jurisdictions	  	5.01(a)
	protected purchaser	  	2.08
	QIB	  	Appendix A
	Refinancing Indebtedness	  	4.03(b)(xv)
	Refunding Capital Stock	  	4.04(b)(ii)
	Registrar	  	2.04(a)
	Regulation S	  	Appendix A
	Regulation S Global Notes	  	Appendix A
	Regulation S Notes	  	Appendix A
	Regulation S Permanent Global Note	  	Appendix A
	Regulation S Temporary Global Note	  	Appendix A
	Restricted Notes Legend	  	Appendix A
	Restricted Payments	  	4.04(a)
	Restricted Period	  	Appendix A
	Retired Capital Stock	  	4.04(b)(ii)
	Reversion Date	  	4.16
	Rule 144A	  	Appendix A
	Rule 144A Global Notes	  	Appendix A
	Rule 144A Notes	  	Appendix A
	Rule 501	  	Appendix A
	Second Commitment	  	4.06(b)
	Successor Company	  	5.01(a)(i)
	Successor Guarantor	  	5.01(b)(i)
	Suspended Covenants	  	4.16
	Tax Group	  	4.04(b)(xi)
	Taxes	  	4.13
	Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes	  	Appendix A
	Transfer Restricted Global Notes	  	Appendix A
	Transfer Restricted Notes	  	Appendix A
	U.S. dollars	  	1.03(j)
	U.S.A Patriot Act	  	13.19
	Unrestricted Definitive Notes	  	Appendix A
	Unrestricted Global Notes	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(c) “or” is not exclusive; 

  
 -41- 

 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 

(e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 

(i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; and 

(j) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the
United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. “€” and “euro” each refer to the single currency of participating member states of the European
Union that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 
 ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.01
Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Initial Dollar Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $1,600,000,000. The aggregate principal amount of Initial Euro Notes which may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is €500,000,000. 
 The Company may from time to time after the
Issue Date issue Additional Notes of any series under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by Section 4.03 and
(ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the provisions set forth below. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date, there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
Directors of the Company and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:

 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture;

 (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional
Notes shall accrue and the applicable series; and 
 (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole
or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in
Exhibit A-1, and Exhibit A-2 hereto, as applicable, and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional
Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof. 

  
 -42- 

 If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a
resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’
Certificate or an indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 The Initial Dollar Notes and any
Additional Dollar Notes of a series may, at the Company’s option, be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase;
provided that if the Additional Dollar Notes are not fungible with the Initial Dollar Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Dollar Notes will have a separate CUSIP number and/or ISIN, if applicable. The Initial Euro
Notes and any Additional Euro Notes of a series may, at the Company’s option, be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to
purchase; provided that if the Additional Euro Notes are not fungible with the Initial Euro Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have a separate CUSIP number and/or ISIN, if applicable. 

SECTION 2.02 Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication
shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 (in the case of the Dollar Notes) and Exhibit A-2 (in the case of the Euro Notes) hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Dollar Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, provided
that the Dollar Notes may be issued in denominations of less than $2,000 solely to accommodate book-entry positions that have been created by the Depository in denominations of less than $2,000. The Euro Notes shall be issuable only in registered
form without interest coupons and in denominations of €100,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the Euro Notes may be issued in denominations of less than €100,000 solely to accommodate book-entry
positions that have been created by Euroclear or Clearstream in denominations of less than €100,000. 
 SECTION 2.03 Execution and
Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (an “Authentication Order”) (a) Initial Dollar Notes for original issue
on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $1,600,000,000, (b) Initial Euro Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of €500,000,000, and (c) subject to the terms of this Indenture,
Additional Notes of any series in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein. 

  
 -43- 

 
Such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of separate Note certificates to be authenticated, the principal amount of each of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original
issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes, the registered holder of each of the Notes and delivery instructions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A,
(x) any issuance of Additional Dollar Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and (y) any issuance of Additional Euro Notes after the Issue Date shall
be in a principal amount of at least €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess of €100,000. 
 One Officer shall
sign the Notes for the Company by manual or PDF signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the
time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent as described immediately below) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 

The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment
shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by the Trustee, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

SECTION 2.04 Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). As long as the Euro Notes remain outstanding, the Company has also agreed that it will, to the extent
permitted as a matter of law, ensure that there is a paying agent with respect to such Notes in a European Union Member State that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Council Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended) on
the taxation of savings income in the form of interest payments which was adopted by the ECOFIN Council on June 3, 2003, and amended by Council Decision on July 19, 2004, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform
to, such Directive. If and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Company will also maintain a paying agent in Luxembourg. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their
transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and
any additional paying agents. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, U.S. Paying Agent and the Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes representing the Dollar Notes and the Company initially appoints the Trustee as
Registrar with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Notes. The Company initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch as London Paying Agent with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Notes. The Company
initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. as Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Euro Notes. 
 (b) The
Company may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee
in writing of the name and address of 

  
 -44- 

 
any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to
Section 7.07. The Company or any of its wholly owned domestically organized Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 (c)
The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment
by a successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or
(ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice
to the Company and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 

SECTION 2.05 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of and
interest on the Dollar Notes, and prior to 12:00 p.m., London time, on the Business Day prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on the Euro Notes (other than in the case of a redemption, in which case such funds will be deposited no
later than 10:00 a.m., London Time, on the date of redemption), the Company shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Company or any of its wholly owned domestically organized Subsidiaries is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust
for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in
trust for the benefit of holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the
Company or any of its wholly owned domestically organized Subsidiaries acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the
Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06 Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date
and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders. 

SECTION 2.07 Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a
Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements (including, among
other things, the furnishing of appropriate endorsements and transfer documents) therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations of the same
series, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Company shall not be required to make, and the Registrar
need not register, transfers or exchanges of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes of a series for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a
notice of redemption of Notes of such series to be redeemed. 

  
 -45- 

 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the
Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial
interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a
beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under
this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of
such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof. 
 None of the Trustee, Registrar or Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by
the Depository. 
 SECTION 2.08 Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the holder of a Note
claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of the same series if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met,
such that the holder (a) satisfies the Company and the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such
notification, (b) makes such request to the Company and the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and
(c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Company and the Trustee. Such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee, with respect to the Trustee, and the Company, with respect to the Company, to
protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar, as applicable, from any loss or liability that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Company and the Trustee may
charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about
to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. Any mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Euro Notes may also be surrendered at the office of the Luxembourg
Paying Agent and the London Paying Agent. 
 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company. 

  
 -46- 

 The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful)
all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION
2.09 Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject
to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a
Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected
purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08. 

If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to
pay all principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying such money to the holders
on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.10 Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying
Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and
shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes they have redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in
place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.11 Defaulted Interest. If the Company
defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes of a series, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes of such series (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay
the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly
deliver or cause to be delivered to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

SECTION 2.12 CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code”
numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee shall use any such CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders; provided, however, that any such notice may
state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and
that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee in writing of any change in any such CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 

SECTION 2.13 Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes of any series, at any date of
determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes of such series at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount
of all the Notes of any series, 

  
 -47- 

 
such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes of such series, the holders of
which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes of such series then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, and Section 13.06 of
this Indenture. Any calculation of the Applicable Premium made pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be made by the Company and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 

ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION

 SECTION 3.01 Redemption. The Notes of each series may be redeemed, in whole or from time to time in part, subject to the
conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A-1 or Paragraph 5 or 6 of the form of Note set forth in Exhibit A-2 hereto, as applicable, which is hereby incorporated by
reference and made a part of this Indenture, and shall be, under the circumstances described in Section 3.09 below, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Section 3.09 below, together with accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 

SECTION 3.02 Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any
provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article III. 
 SECTION 3.03 Notices to
Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem any series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Dollar Note or Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Euro Note, the Company shall notify the Trustee in an Officers’
Certificate of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of such series of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Company
shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 35 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is a redemption pursuant to Paragraph 5 of
the Dollar Note or Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Euro Note; provided, that the notice of redemption pursuant to Paragraph 6 of the Euro Note shall not be given earlier than 90 days before the earliest date on which the Company would be obligated to pay
such Additional Amounts on the applicable series of Euro Notes if a payment of such series was then due. The Company may also include a request in such Officers’ Certificate that the Trustee give the notice of redemption in the Company’s
name and at its expense and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.05. Any such notice may be canceled if written notice from the Company of such cancellation is actually received by the Trustee on
the Business Day immediately prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder or otherwise delivered in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depository and shall thereby be void and of no effect. The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes of the applicable series to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.04. 

SECTION 3.04 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption of any series of Notes, selection of the Notes of
such series for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and, in such manner that complies with the requirements of the
Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream, if applicable); provided that no Dollar Notes of $2,000 or less, and no Euro Notes of €100,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Notes to be selected shall be selected from outstanding 

  
 -48- 

 
Notes not previously called for redemption. Dollar Notes and portions of them that are selected for redemption shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Euro Notes and portions of them that are selected for redemption shall be in amounts of €100,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes
called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.05
Notice of Optional Redemption. 
 (a) At least 30 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the
Dollar Note or Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Euro Note, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by the Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream, a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes
are to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), except that redemption notices may be mailed or otherwise delivered more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of
the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article VIII. 
 Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be
redeemed and shall state: 
 (i) the redemption date; 

(ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption
date; 
 (iii) the name and address of the applicable Paying Agent; 

(iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes of a series are to be
redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes of such series to be outstanding after such partial
redemption; 
 (vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited
from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code”, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and 

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common
Code”, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 (b) [reserved] 

(c) At the Company’s request in an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall deliver the notice of redemption in the Company’s
name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall notify the Trustee of such request at least seven (7) Business Days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the date such notice is to be
provided to holders. Such notice may not be canceled once delivered to holders of Notes. 

  
 -49- 

 SECTION 3.06 Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed or
otherwise delivered in accordance with Section 3.05(a), Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice, except as provided in the final paragraph of Paragraph 5 of the
Dollar Note or Paragraph 5 or 6 of the Euro Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding,
the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to the next Interest Payment Date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered
on the relevant Record Date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder. 

SECTION 3.07 Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date
with respect to the Dollar Notes and prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, on the redemption date with respect to the Euro Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or any of their wholly owned domestically organized
Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other
than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so
long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on, the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed, unless the Paying
Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.08 Notes Redeemed in Part. If any
Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Upon surrender and cancellation of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate for the holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered and cancelled. 

ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS

 SECTION 4.01 Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on
the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the U.S. Paying Agent holds as of 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time with respect to the Dollar Notes and the London Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 p.m. London time with respect to the Euro Notes, money sufficient to pay all principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due and the
Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 

  
 -50- 

 SECTION 4.02 Reports and Other Information. 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or
otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company will file with the SEC (and upon written request provide the Trustee
and holders with copies thereof, without cost to each holder, within 5 days after receipt of such request): 
 (i) within the
time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be
contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except to the extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC; 

(ii) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers (except for any delay
permitted by Rule 13a-13(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), except to the
extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC; 
 (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to
be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), except to the extent permitted to be excluded by the SEC; and 

(iv) subject to the foregoing, any other information, documents and other reports which the Company would be required to file
with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 provided, however, that the Company shall not be so
obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Company will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the
holders, in each case, within the time the Company would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as provided above; provided, further, that such reports will
not be required to contain the separate financial information for the Company or the Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-10 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision). In addition to providing such information to the
Trustee, the Company shall make available to the holders, prospective investors, market makers affiliated with any initial purchaser of the Notes and securities analysts the information required to be provided pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii), by posting such information to its website or on IntraLinks or any comparable online data system or website, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine if such information has been posted on
any website. 
 If the Company has designated any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or
group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, then the annual and quarterly information required by clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.02(a)
shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the
financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

  
 -51- 

 (b) In the event that: 

(i) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Company and any direct or indirect parent of the Company to report at such
parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital stock of the Company, or 

(ii) any direct or indirect parent of the Company is or becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, 

consolidating reporting at such parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.02 for the Company will
satisfy this Section 4.02, and the Company is permitted to satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.02 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such direct or indirect
parent; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries
other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.  

(c) In addition, the Company will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Company shall, for
so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act,
furnish to the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have furnished the reports referred to in this Section 4.02 to the
Trustee and the holders if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto) and such reports are publicly available, it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine
if such information has been posted on any website. 
 (e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee pursuant to
this Section 4.02 is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt thereof shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the
Company’s compliance with any of its covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

SECTION 4.03 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a) (i) the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness
(including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Company shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than any Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided,
however, that the Company and any Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at
the beginning 

  
 -52- 

 
of such four-quarter period; provided, that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be incurred or issued, as
applicable, pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, together with all Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(xii) and (xvi)(A) below, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of $360 million and 60% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the date on which such Indebtedness is
Incurred (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount). 
 (b) The limitations set forth in
Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 
 (i) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness
(including under any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder) up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at the time of Incurrence that, together with the aggregate principal
amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (q) below at the time of Incurrence, does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $515 million and (y) the Borrowing Base; 

(ii) the Incurrence by the Company and the other Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes and the
Guarantees; 
 (iii) Indebtedness, Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness
described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)); 
 (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease
Obligations) Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after)
the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) that, when aggregated with the
principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof Incurred pursuant
to clause (xv) below, does not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of $240 million and 40% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the date such Indebtedness is Incurred (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional
Refinancing Amount); 
 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement
obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to
employees or former employees or their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental law or permits or licenses
from governmental authorities, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; 

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment
of acquisition or purchase price or similar obligations (including earn-outs), in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the Transactions, any Investments or any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary not
prohibited by this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; 

  
 -53- 

 (vii) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary, provided
that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Company and their Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Company under the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event
which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon
foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii); 

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause
(viii); 
 (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management, tax and
accounting operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or
any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any
pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien but not the transfer thereof upon foreclosure) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix); 

(x) Hedging Obligations that are not incurred for speculative purposes but (A) for the purpose of fixing or hedging
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (B) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (C) for
the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales and, in each case, extensions or replacements thereof; 

(xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts
and similar instruments) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds, completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice
or industry practice; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference 

  
 -54- 

 
of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof
incurred pursuant to clause (xv) below, does not exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of $450 million and 75% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the date such Indebtedness is Incurred (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the
Additional Refinancing Amount) (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes
of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); provided,
that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may be Incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this clause (xii) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, together with all Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (xvi)(A) below, and any Refinancing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors incurred in respect thereof, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of $360 million and 60% of Consolidated EBITDA (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount); 

(xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference at any time outstanding, together with Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred pursuant to clause (xv) hereof, not greater than 100.0% of the net cash proceeds
received by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the Existing Notes Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company (which proceeds are
contributed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than
Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (xiii) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiii) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Company, or the Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xiii)); 

(xiv) any guarantee by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (A) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantee, as
applicable, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, and (B) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Company, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with, or not
in contravention of, Section 4.11 solely to the extent Section 4.11 is applicable; 
 (xv) the Incurrence by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock of a Restricted 

  
 -55- 

 
Subsidiary, that serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (i)(y), (ii),
(iii), (iv), (xii), (xiii), (xv), (xvi), (xx), (xxiv) and (xxv) of this Section 4.03(b) up to the outstanding principal amount (or, if applicable, the liquidation preference, face amount, or the like) or, if greater, committed amount
(only to the extent the committed amount could have been Incurred on the date of initial Incurrence and was deemed Incurred at such time for the purposes of this Section 4.03) of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in
each case at the time such Indebtedness was Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or clauses (i)(y), (ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xiii), (xv), (xvi), (xx), (xxiv) and (xxv) of this
Section 4.03(b), or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), accrued and unpaid interest, Additional Amounts, if any, expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing
Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 

(1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the
shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all
payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on
such date (provided that this subclause (1) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness or Indebtedness of non-Guarantors); 

(2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or a Guarantee, as
applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; 

(3) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of
the Company or a Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

(xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (A) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to
finance an acquisition or (B) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or are merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture
(so long as such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation); provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, either: 

(1) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than
immediately prior to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation; 

  
 -56- 

 provided, that the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock that may
be Incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to clause (xvi)(A) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, together with all Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors
pursuant the first paragraph of this covenant or clause (xii) above, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors incurred in respect thereof, shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of
$360 million and 60% of Consolidated EBITDA (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount); 

(xvii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Financing that is not recourse
to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Securitization Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); provided that the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (xvii) shall not exceed, when
aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under clause (i) at the time of Incurrence, the maximum amount permitted under clause (i); 

(xviii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 

(xix) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued
pursuant to Bank Indebtedness, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 

(xx) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Guarantors not to exceed at any one time
outstanding (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors incurred in respect thereof pursuant to clause (xv) above) the greater of $180 million or 30% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the date on
which such Indebtedness is Incurred (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount); 

(xxi) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or
(B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 

(xxii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to current or former officers,
directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of
the Company to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv); and 
 (xxiii) Indebtedness in respect of Obligations
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services; provided that such obligations are incurred in connection with open accounts
extended by suppliers on customary trade terms in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedging Obligations. 

(xxiv) Indebtedness under asset-level financings, Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money indebtedness incurred by
(1) Norbert or any of its Subsidiaries or (2) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with 

  
 -57- 

 
past practice; provided that the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under this Section 4.04(b)(xxiv), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof incurred pursuant to
Section 4.04(b)(xv) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of $450 million and 75% of Consolidated EBITDA (plus, in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness, the Additional Refinancing Amount); and 

(xxv) Norbert Existing Indebtedness. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03: 

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), then the Company may, in its sole
discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this
Section 4.03; provided that Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date shall be incurred under clause (i) of Section 4.03(b) above and may not be reclassified; 

(2) at the time of incurrence, the Company will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than
one of the categories of Indebtedness described in Section 4.03(a) or clauses (i) through (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) (or any portion thereof) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any other
clause or paragraph of Section 4.03 (or any portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to any such clause or paragraph (or any portion thereof); and 

(3) in connection with the Incurrence (including with respect to any Incurrence on a revolving basis pursuant to a revolving
loan commitment) of any Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a), clause (i)(y) of Section 4.03(b) or clause (xvi) of Section 4.03(b), the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may, by notice to the Trustee at any time prior
to the actual Incurrence of such Indebtedness designate such Incurrence as having occurred on the date of such prior notice, and any related subsequent actual Incurrence will be deemed for all purposes under this Indenture to have been Incurred on
the date of such prior notice. 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the
form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of
fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit
relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness
represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 
 For purposes of
determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency
exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever 

  
 -58- 

 
yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt. However, if the Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and the
refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of the refinancing, the U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of the refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness being refinanced. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any
Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which the respective
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of the refinancing. 
 SECTION 4.04 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of any of the Company’s or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Company (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire
for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, or any Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of
(A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or
retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv)
make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to
as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and 

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing Notes Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (vi)(C), (viii), (xii)(B) and, solely to the extent provided therein, (xviii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted
Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit. 

  
 -59- 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date
of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration or the giving notice of such irrevocable redemption, as applicable, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital
Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Company or any
direct or indirect parent of the Company or contributions to the equity capital of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Company) (collectively, including any such contributions,
“Refunding Capital Stock”); 
 (B) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out
of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Refunding Capital Stock; and 

(C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was
permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to
redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on
such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other
acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor, which is Incurred in
accordance with Section 4.03 so long as: 
 (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such
new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value
(plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and
expenses incurred in connection therewith); 
 (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related
Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value; 

  
 -60- 

 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than
the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; and 

(D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of
(x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal
on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date; 

(iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company pursuant to any
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed
$45 million in any calendar year, with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years up to a maximum of $60 million in any calendar year; provided, further, however, that
such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees, directors,
officers or consultants of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Company that occurs after the Existing Notes Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such
repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii)), plus 

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the
Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) or the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing Notes Issue Date; 
 provided
that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or the direct or indirect parents of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Equity
Interests of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture; 

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 

  
 -61- 

 (vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to
holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Existing Notes Issue Date; 

(B) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the
payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Company issued after the Existing Notes Issue Date; provided that the aggregate
amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Existing
Notes Issue Date; and 
 (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in
excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); provided, however, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (C) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions and treating
such Designated Preferred Stock as Indebtedness for borrowed money for such purpose) on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the Company would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at
least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (vii) Investments in joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market
Value (as determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the sum of (a) the greater of $120 million and 20% of
Consolidated EBITDA as of the date of such Investment and (b) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in
respect of any such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause
(vii) is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be
deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Investments and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (vii) for so long as such Person continues to be the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 (viii) Restricted Payments that are made with (or in an aggregate amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of)
Excluded Contributions; 
 (ix) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (ix) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $330 million and 55% of Consolidated EBITDA as of the date such Restricted Payment is made; 

(x) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xi) with respect to any taxable period for which the Company and/or
any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income tax purposes of which a direct or indirect

  
 -62- 

 
parent of the Company is the common parent (a “Tax Group”), distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay the portion of the taxes of such Tax Group
attributable to the income of the Company and/or its applicable Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state and/or local income taxes (as applicable) that the Company and/or its applicable Subsidiaries would have
paid for such taxable period had the Company and/or its applicable Subsidiaries been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate group with respect to such taxes; provided that distributions attributable to the income of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that such Unrestricted Subsidiary made distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose; 

(xii) any Restricted Payment, if applicable: 

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or
similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Company and general corporate
operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in each case, to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries; 

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on
Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and 

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Company to pay fees and expenses related to any equity or debt
offering of such parent (whether or not successful); 
 (xiii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise
of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 

(xiv) purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Financing and the payment or distribution of Securitization Fees; 
 (xv) Restricted Payments by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 

(xvi) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to
provisions similar to those described in Section 4.06 and Section 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased,
redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (xvii) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law,
pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that 

  
 -63- 

 
complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Company shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if
required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; and 

(xviii) other Restricted Payments; provided that the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company for the most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis, is less than 3.50 to 1.00; provided, further, that any Restricted Payments made in reliance on this
clause (xviii) shall reduce the Cumulative Credit in an amount equal to the amount of such Restricted Payment but the Cumulative Credit shall not be reduced below zero as a result thereof; 

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi)(B), (vii), (ix), (x),
(xii)(B) and (xviii) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (provided, however, that the Company may make regularly-scheduled dividend payments on its
existing Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms thereof pursuant to Section 4.04(ix), regardless of whether any Default has occurred or is continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof); provided, further, that
any Restricted Payments made with property other than cash shall be calculated using the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such property. 

(c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Subsidiaries of the Company other than XPO Escrow Sub, LLC will be Restricted Subsidiaries. For purposes
of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments
in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if
such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 (d) For purposes of this Section 4.04, any Restricted
Payment made on or after the Existing Notes Issue Date, but prior to the Issue Date shall be deemed to be a Restricted Payment to the extent such payment would have been and would continue to have been a Restricted Payment on the Issue Date had this
Indenture been in effect at the time of such Restricted Payment (and, to the extent that any such Restricted Payment was permitted by clauses (i) through (xviii) above, such Restricted Payment may be deemed by the Company to have been made
pursuant to any such clause in the Company’s discretion). 
 SECTION 4.05 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability
of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or 

(b) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect parent of such Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

(1) (i) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date and (ii) contractual encumbrances or
restrictions pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Agreement Documents and, in each case, similar contractual encumbrances effected by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings of such agreements or instruments; 

  
 -64- 

 (2) this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; 

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence
at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or
the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed
pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; 

(6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03 and Section 4.12 that limits the
right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net
worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8) customary provisions in
joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) purchase money
obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) customary
provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any encumbrance or restriction that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property
or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any such lease, license (including without limitations, licenses of intellectual property) or other contracts; 

(12) any encumbrance or restriction of a Securitization Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Securitization
Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary; 
 (13)
other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary or (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary so
long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not 

  
 -65- 

 
materially affect the Company’s or any Guarantor’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Company), provided
that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03; 

(14) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or 

(15) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in Section 4.05(a) or (b) above imposed by any
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such
amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than
those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or
liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 

SECTION 4.06 Asset Sales. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and
(y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 

(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes
thereto) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets or that are otherwise cancelled or terminated in
connection with the transaction with such transferee, 
 (ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), 

(iii) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to
the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Sale, 

  
 -66- 

 (iv) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than
Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and 

(v) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Company), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.06(a)(v) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater
of $150.0 million and 25% of Consolidated EBITDA at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without
giving effect to subsequent changes in value), 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a). 

(b) Within 365 days after the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option: 
 (i) to repay
(A) Indebtedness constituting Bank Indebtedness and other Pari Passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto), (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, (C) Obligations under the Notes of any series or (D) other Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that if the Company or any Guarantor shall
so reduce the Obligations under unsecured Pari Passu Indebtedness under this clause (D), the Company will equally and ratably reduce Notes Obligations with respect to the Notes of each series pursuant to Section 3.01, through open-market
purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof or, in the event that the Notes were issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) or by making an offer (in
accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event that the Notes were issued with significant original issue
discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the pro rata principal amount of Notes of such series), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; or 

(ii) to make an investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such investment is in the form of the
acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case (A) used or useful in a Similar Business or
(B) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale or to reimburse the cost of any of the foregoing incurred on or after the date on which the Asset Sale giving rise to such Net Proceeds was contractually
committed. 
 In the case of Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds
from the date of such commitment until the 18-month anniversary of the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are so
applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within six months of such cancellation or termination
of the prior 

  
 -67- 

 
binding commitment; provided, further, that the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to
each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied or are not applied within 180 days of such Second Commitment, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute
Excess Proceeds. 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth
in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an offer to purchase Notes of any series, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to
have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100 million, the Company shall make an offer to all holders of Notes of
one or more series selected by the Company (and, at the option of the Company, to holders of any other Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such other Pari Passu
Indebtedness), that is at least $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (in the case of the Dollar Notes), or at least €100,000 and an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof (in the case of the Euro Notes) that
may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event the Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness were issued with significant original issue discount, 100%
of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness), to, but excluding,
the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. The Company will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess
Proceeds exceeds $100 million by mailing, or delivering electronically if held by DTC in the case of the Dollar Notes or a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream in the case of the Euro Notes, the notice required pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for any purpose that is not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the amount of Notes of each
series in respect of which an Asset Sale Offer as made shall be designated by the Company to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the aggregate principal amount to be selected, shall select the Notes of each such
series to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

(c) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the
extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture,
the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 

(d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the
compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or 

  
 -68- 

 
the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as
directed in writing by the Company and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.06. The Trustee shall have the right to open an account for purposes of receiving such Excess Proceeds. Upon the expiration of the
period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the
Company. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Company to
the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section 4.06. 

(e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender such Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the
Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase
date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Company is required to purchase, selection of the amount of Notes of each series in respect
of which an Asset Sale Offer was made shall be designated by the Company to the Trustee, and the selection of Notes of such series for purchase shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis within each series to the extent practicable, by lot or
by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with the requirements of DTC in the case of the Dollar Notes or Clearstream and Euroclear in the case of the Euro Notes, if applicable);
provided that no Notes of $2,000 (in the case of the Dollar Notes), or €100,000 (in the case of the Euro Notes), or less shall be purchased in part and all purchases shall be in integral multiples of $1,000 or €1,000, as applicable.
Selection of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the terms of such other Pari Passu Indebtedness. 
 (f) Notices of
an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by the Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered electronically if held at DTC in the case of the Dollar Notes or a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream in the case of the Euro Notes,
at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of
the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell,
lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or
guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $30 million, unless: 

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted
Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in
excess of $75 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 

  
 -69- 

 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 

(i) transactions between or among the Company and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company and any direct parent of the Company; provided that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than
cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Company and such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments; 

(iii) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of,
officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary, or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 

(iv) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from
an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 

(v) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; 
 (vi) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or
any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date)
or any transaction contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Company; 
 (vii) the existence of, or the
performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders or limited liability company agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is
a party as of the Issue Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter;
provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar
transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (vii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto,
taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date; 

  
 -70- 

 (viii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or
sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated
party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm; 

(ix) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

(x) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any Person; 

(xi) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Board of Directors of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, or the Board
of Directors of a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith; 
 (xii) the entering into of any tax sharing
agreement or arrangement that complies with Section 4.04(b)(xii) and the performance under any such agreement or arrangement; 

(xiii) any contribution to the capital of the Company; 

(xiv) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01; 

(xv) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person, a director of which is also a director of
the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company or such direct or indirect parent of the Company, as the case may be, on any matter
involving such other Person; 
 (xvi) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(xvii) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management
purposes in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xviii) any employment agreements entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xix) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by
a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company in an Officers’ Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set
forth in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.08 Change of Control. 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such
holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, 

  
 -71- 

 
to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), except to the
extent the Company has previously or concurrently elected to redeem such Notes in accordance with Article III of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control, the terms of any Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the
repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08, then prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders provided for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall: (i) repay in
full all Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer; or (ii) obtain the requisite
consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b). 

(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes of a
series in accordance with Article III of this Indenture, the Company shall mail, or deliver electronically if held by DTC in the case of the Dollar Notes or the Common Depositary on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream in the case of the Euro Notes,
a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder of Notes of each series with a copy to the Trustee stating: 

(i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase such
holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders
of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date); 
 (ii) the circumstances
and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 
 (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be
no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or delivered); and 
 (iv) the
instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company
at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase
date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such
Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under this Section 4.08 shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase, to the holders entitled thereto. 

(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive
agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

  
 -72- 

 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company shall not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon (or in advance of, as described in clause (e) above) a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 

(g) Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be
retired and canceled at the option of the Company. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f) will have the status of Notes issued and outstanding. 

(h) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an
Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. 

A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment
therefor to the surrendering holder. 
 (i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been complied with. 

(j) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Company
shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof. 

(k) If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series validly tender and do not withdraw such
Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes of such series validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the
Company or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes of such series that
remain outstanding following such purchase at a price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. Any such redemption shall be
effected pursuant to Article III. 
 SECTION 4.09 Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015, an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers (one of which shall be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer or principal accounting office of the Company) of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that
occurred during such period. If any Officer does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal,
interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information contained in the Officers’ Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain
or confirm the Company’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture. 

  
 -73- 

 SECTION 4.10 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 4.11 Future Guarantors. The Company shall cause each of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that is not an Excluded
Subsidiary and that, guarantees or becomes a borrower under the Credit Agreement or that, guarantees any Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or any of the Guarantors following the Completion Date to execute and deliver to the Trustee, within
10 days of such event, a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. 

SECTION 4.12 Liens. 
 (a)
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the obligations so secured
until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. 
 (b) Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes or any Guarantee
under Section 4.12(a) shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Guarantee under Section 4.12(a). 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (i) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be permitted
solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a) but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and
(ii) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness(or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or
pursuant to Section 4.12(a), the Company may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify (as if Incurred at such later time), such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in
any manner that complies with this covenant and will be entitled to only include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness secured by such Lien (or any portion thereof) in one of the categories of permitted Liens (or any portion
thereof) described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to Section 4.12(a) and, in such event, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant
to only such clause or clauses (or any portion thereof) or pursuant to Section 4.12(a) without giving pro forma effect to such item (or portion thereof) when calculating the amount of Liens or Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant
to any other clause or paragraph. 
 (d) With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at
the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such
Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock
of the Company, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion 

  
 -74- 

 
of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in
the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness.” 
 SECTION 4.13
Additional Amounts. 
 (a) All payments of principal and interest in respect of the Euro Notes by the Company or a Paying Agent on
its behalf will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or other similar governmental charges imposed or levied by the United States or any political
subdivision or taxing authority of or in the United States (collectively, “Taxes”), unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In the event such withholding or deduction for Taxes is required by law, subject to the
limitations described below, the Company will pay to or on account of any Non-U.S. Holder or any non-U.S. entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as
may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by the beneficial owner of a Euro Note, after withholding or deduction for such Taxes, will be equal to the amount such person would have received in the absence of such withholding or
deduction. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to any Taxes if such Taxes are imposed
or levied for reasons unrelated to the holder’s or beneficial owner’s ownership or disposition of notes, nor shall Additional Amounts be payable for or on account of: 

(i) Any Taxes which would not have been so imposed, withheld or deducted but for: 

(A) the existence of any present or former connection between the holder or beneficial owner (or between a fiduciary, settlor,
beneficiary, member or shareholder or other equity owner of, or a person having a power over, such holder or beneficial owner, if such holder or beneficial owner is an estate, a trust, a limited liability company, a partnership, a corporation or
other entity) and the United States, including, without limitation, such holder or beneficial owner (or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or other equity owner or person having such a power) being or having been a citizen or
resident or treated as a resident of the United States, being or having been engaged in a trade or business in the United States, being or having been present in the United States, or having or having had a permanent establishment in the United
States; 
 (B) the failure of the holder or any other person to comply with certification, identification or information
reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with the United States of the holder or beneficial owner of the notes, if compliance is required by statute, by regulation of the United States or any taxing
authority therein or by an applicable income tax treaty to which the United States is a party as a precondition to partial or complete exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge (including, but not limited to, the requirement
to provide Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Form W-8BEN-E, Form W-8ECI, Form W-8IMY (and related documentation) or any subsequent versions thereof or successor thereto); or 

(C) the holder’s or beneficial owner’s present or former status as a personal holding company with respect to the
United States, as a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the United States, as a passive foreign investment company with respect to the United States, as a foreign tax exempt organization with respect to the United States or as a
corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax; 
 (ii) any Taxes which would not have been
imposed, withheld or deducted but for the failure of the holder or beneficial owner to meet the requirements (including the certification requirements) of Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the “Code”); 

  
 -75- 

 (iii) any Taxes which would not have been imposed, withheld or deducted but for
the presentation by the holder or beneficial owner of such note for payment on a date more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or the date on which payment of the note is duly provided for and notice is given to
holders, whichever occurs later, except to the extent that the holder or beneficial owner would have been entitled to such Additional Amounts on presenting such note on any date during such 30-day period; 

(iv) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property, wealth or similar Taxes; 

(v) any Taxes which are payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from a payment on such note; 

(vi) any Taxes which are imposed, withheld or deducted with respect to, or payable by, a holder that is not the beneficial
owner of the note, or a portion of the note, or that is a fiduciary, partnership, limited liability company or other similar entity, but only to the extent that a beneficial owner, a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary or member of
such partnership, limited liability company or similar entity would not have been entitled to the payment of an Additional Amount had such beneficial owner, settlor, beneficiary or member received directly its beneficial or distributive share of the
payment; 
 (vii) any Taxes required to be withheld or deducted by any paying agent from any payment on any note, if such
payment can be made without such withholding or deduction by at least one other Paying Agent; 
 (viii) any Taxes required to
be withheld or deducted where such withholding or deduction is imposed pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such
European Council Directive; 
 (ix) any Taxes imposed, withheld or deducted under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or
any amended or successor provisions), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted
pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code; 

(x) any Taxes that would not have been imposed, withheld or deducted but for a change in any law, treaty, regulation, or
administrative or judicial interpretation that becomes effective more than 15 days after the applicable payment becomes due or is duly provided for, whichever occurs later; or 

(xi) any combination of items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x). 

(c) For purposes of this Section 4.13, the acquisition, ownership, enforcement, or holding of or the receipt of any payment with respect
to any Euro Notes will not constitute a connection (1) between the holder or beneficial owner and the United States or (2) between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder or other equity owner of, or a person having a
power over, such holder or beneficial owner if such holder or beneficial owner is an estate, a trust, a limited liability company, a partnership, a corporation or other entity and the United States. 

  
 -76- 

 (d) Except as specifically provided under this Section 4.13, the Company will not be
required to make any payment with respect to any tax, duty, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority. 

(e) If the Company is required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Euro Notes, the Company will notify the Trustee and Paying Agent
pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate that specifies the Additional Amounts payable with respect to such series and when the Additional Amounts are payable. If the Trustee and the Paying Agent do not receive such an Officers’ Certificate
from the Company, the Trustee and Paying Agent may rely on the absence of such an Officers’ Certificate in assuming that no such Additional Amounts are payable. 

(f) In addition, the Company undertakes that, to the extent permitted by law, it will maintain a Paying Agent that will not require
withholding or deduction of tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such European Council Directive. 

(g) All references in this Indenture to the payment of the principal, premium or interest, if any, on any Euro Notes or any payment made under
the Guarantees in respect thereof shall be deemed to include Additional Amounts to the extent that, in that context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable. 

SECTION 4.14 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a) The Company shall maintain one or more offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or
Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations and surrenders may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02.

 (b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or
agency for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or its agent as such office or agency of the Company in accordance
with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.15 Existence. The Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew
and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transaction permitted under
Section 5.01, and the Company shall not be required to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect any such right, license, permit, privilege, franchise or legal existence if the Company shall determine in good faith the preservation,
renewal or keeping in full force and effect thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company. 

  
 -77- 

 SECTION 4.16 Covenant Suspension. If on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the
Notes of a series have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses
(i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), and subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03,
4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11, 5.01(a)(iv) and 5.01(b) (collectively the “Suspended Covenants”) with respect to such series of Notes. 

In the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period
of time as a result of the foregoing with respect to any series of Notes, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned
to the Notes of the applicable series below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events in respect of the
Notes of such series. 
 The Company shall provide the Trustee with notice of each Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date within 5
Business Days of the occurrence thereof. 
 On each Reversion Date with respect to any series of Notes, all Indebtedness Incurred, or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and (b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would
be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and (b), such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so
that it is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in
effect since the Issue Date and prior, but not during, the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will not reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a). No
Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date with respect to any series of Notes as a result of any actions taken by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period or any actions taken at
any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date that were permitted under this Indenture at such time, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants
remained in effect during such period. Within 30 days of such Reversion Date, the Company must comply with the terms of Section 4.11. 

For purposes of Section 4.05, on the Reversion Date, any consensual encumbrances or consensual restrictions of the type specified in
clause (a) or (b) thereof entered into during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been in effect on the Issue Date, so that they are permitted under clause (1)(i) thereof. 

For purposes of Section 4.07, any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date with respect to any series of Notes
pursuant to a contract, agreement, loan, advance or guaranty with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company entered into during the Suspension Period with respect to such series of Notes will be deemed to have been in effect as of the
Issue Date for purposes of clause (b)(vi) thereof. 

  
 -78- 

 For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date with respect to any series of Notes, the
unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero. 
 ARTICLE V 

SUCCESSOR COMPANY 

SECTION 5.01 When Company and Guarantors May Merge or Transfer Assets. 

(a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not the
Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(i) the Company is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger,
winding up or conversion (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company or similar entity organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia (the Company or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the event that the
Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 
 (ii) the Successor Company (if other
than the Company) expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under this Indenture pursuant to supplemental indentures or other applicable documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the
Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (1) the Successor Company would be
permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 

(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be no less than such ratio immediately prior to such transaction; 

(v) if the Company is not the Successor Company, each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described
above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 

(vi) the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

  
 -79- 

 The Successor Company (if other than the Company) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the
Company under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Company will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this
Section 5.01(a), (A) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Restricted Subsidiary or, provided that the Company is the Successor Company,
the Company, and (B) the Company may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another state of the United States or the District of Columbia (collectively,
“Permitted Jurisdictions”) or may convert into a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. This
Section 5.01(a) will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 12.02(b), no Guarantor shall, and the Company shall not permit any such Guarantor to,
consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets
in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (i) either (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or
the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a company, corporation,
partnership or limited liability company or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
“Successor Guarantor”) and the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, pursuant to a supplemental
indenture or other applicable documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (B) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is not in violation of Section 4.06; and 

(ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted
for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, and such Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes or its Guarantee. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, (1) a Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in a Permitted Jurisdiction or may convert into a limited liability company, corporation,
partnership or similar entity organized or existing under the laws of any Permitted Jurisdiction so long as the amount of Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not increased thereby and (2) a Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with the
Company or another Guarantor. 

  
 -80- 

 In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with
or into or wind up or convert into, liquidate, dissolve, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to the Company or any Guarantor. 

ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01 Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs with respect to each series of
Notes if: 
 (a) there is a default in any payment of interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note of such series when
due, and such default continues for a period of 30 days; 
 (b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if
any, of any Note of such series when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption or upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 

(c) there is a failure by the Company for 120 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the holders of not
less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements in Section 4.02 as it relates to such series of Notes; 

(d) there is a failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written notice given by the Trustee or the
holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with its other obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (a), (b) or
(c) above) contained in the Notes of such series or this Indenture as it relates to such series of Notes; 
 (e) there
is a failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within
any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $75 million or its
foreign currency equivalent; 
 (f) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a
voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating
to insolvency, 

  
 -81- 

 (g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 

(iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and, in each case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 

(h) there is a failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which judgments
are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days; or 
 (i) the Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary (or any
group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) with respect to the Notes of such series ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof), or the Company or any other Guarantor that
qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes or any Guarantee with respect
to the Notes of such series and such Default continues for 10 days. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason
for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

However, a default under clause (c) or (d) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes of the applicable series notify the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, of the default and the Company fails to cure such default within the time specified in clause (c) or (d) hereof
after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

SECTION 6.02 Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof
with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing with respect to a series of Notes, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes of the applicable series by notice to the Company,
with a copy to the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes of such series to be due and payable with respect to a series of Notes. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest
shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect 

  
 -82- 

 
to the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes of each series will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes of any series may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes of such series and its consequences. 

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding,
however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose the Company delivers an
Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action
(as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal amount of the Notes as
described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 SECTION 6.03 Other Remedies. If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to a series of Notes, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes of such series or to
enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes of such series or this Indenture as it relates to such series. 
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative. 

SECTION 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults. Provided the Notes of a series are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of
acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default with respect to such series and its consequences except (a) a Default in the
payment of such series of the principal of or interest on a Note of such series, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note of such series when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default in
respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Company, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions
and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 

SECTION 6.05 Control by Majority. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes of each series may direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such series. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the
Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

SECTION 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 

(a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, when due, no
holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i) such holder has previously given the
Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, 

  
 -83- 

 (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the
applicable series have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, 
 (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or
indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and 
 (v) the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

(b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder
(it being understood that the Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to any other holder). 

SECTION 6.07 Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder
to receive payment of principal of, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on
or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. 
 SECTION 6.08 Collection Suit by
Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for
the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 

SECTION 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim, statements of interest and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other
professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Guarantors, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member,
voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing
similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay
to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any holder, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any holder in any such proceeding. 

  
 -84- 

 SECTION 6.10 Priorities. Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this
Article VI and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Company’s or any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due hereunder (including the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts in accordance with Section 7.07); 
 SECOND: to the
holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and
interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Company or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Guarantor, to
such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At
least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall deliver to each holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 6.12 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any
time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Company and the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes and after the curing
or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

  
 -85- 

 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation as to any statement contained in
any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to
it, the Trustee shall examine the form of certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated
therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own
willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
Section 7.01; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible
Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee shall
not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (d) Every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 
 (e)
The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. 
 (f)
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of
this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01. 

SECTION 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.
The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

  
 -86- 

 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate
or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney
appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which
it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to
this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to
examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Company and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not
less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture. 

(j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent
of any person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place
thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Company delivers an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of
officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant 

  
 -87- 

 
to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 (m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect,
or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions. 

(n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

 (o) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; loss
or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action. 

SECTION 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 

SECTION 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in
any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h), or (i), or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with
Section 13.02 hereof from the Company, any Guarantor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee under this Indenture and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without limitation
the holders of Notes and the Company having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein. 

SECTION 7.05 Notice of Defaults. If a Default in respect of any series of Notes occurs and is continuing and is actually known to a
Responsible Officer or the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail, or deliver electronically if held by DTC, to each holder of the Notes of the applicable series notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is
actually known to a Responsible Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any), interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may
withhold notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the noteholders. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of
any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. 

  
 -88- 

 SECTION 7.06 Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each
May 15th beginning with the May 15th following the date of this Indenture, and in any event within 60 days of each May 15th, the Trustee shall mail to each holder a brief report dated as of such May 15th that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to
the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 
 Pursuant to Section 313(d) of the
TIA, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed if the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the
Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. All reports pursuant to this Section 7.06 shall be provided in accordance with Section 313(c) of the TIA. 

SECTION 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for the
Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder as mutually agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their directors,
officers, employees and agents against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the
Trustee)) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Company or any Guarantor
(including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to pay such amounts shall survive the payment in full or
defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any
failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense
in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and such Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay
such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no actual or potential conflict of interest between the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, and
such parties in connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior
to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on particular Notes. 

The Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge
of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee Incurs
expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 -89- 

 No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise Incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its
satisfaction. 
 SECTION 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do not
reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the
holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the
holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in
Section 310(b) of the TIA, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07
shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates
with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking association without any further
act shall be the successor Trustee. 

  
 -90- 

 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA.
The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a
stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued under
this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of
the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. The Trustee shall comply with
Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 DISCHARGE
OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01 Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 

(a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights and immunities of the Trustee
and rights of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes of a series when: 

(i) either (A) all the Notes of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation or (B) all of the Notes of such series (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (3) if redeemable at the option of the Company,
are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused
to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness and Obligations on the Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes of such series to, but excluding, the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
provided that with respect to any discharge of such Notes that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to 

  
 -91- 

 
the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of the redemption
only required to be deposited with the Trustee on the date of redemption; 
 (ii) the Company and/or the Guarantors have paid
all other sums payable under this Indenture in respect of the Notes of such series; and 
 (iii) the Company has delivered to
the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes of a series
and this Indenture with respect to the holders of the Notes of such series (“legal defeasance option”), and (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12, 4.15 and 4.16, and the
operation of Section 5.01 for the benefit of the holders of the Notes of such series, and Sections 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (in the case of Sections 6.01(f) and 6.01(g) with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) and 6.01(h)
(“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option with respect to Notes of a series notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes of such series. If
the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to any series of Notes, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee of the Notes of the applicable series.

 If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to Notes of a series, payment of the Notes of such series may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option with respect to Notes of a series, payment of the Notes of such series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default
specified in Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (in the case of Sections 6.01(f) and (g), with respect only to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with
Section 5.01(a)(iv). 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall
acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and
(b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08 and 2.09 and Article VII, including, without limitation, Sections 7.07 and 7.08 and in this Article VIII and the rights and immunities of the Trustee under this
Indenture shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 and the rights and immunities of the Trustee under this Indenture shall survive such satisfaction and
discharge. 
 SECTION 8.02 Conditions to Defeasance. 

(a) The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 

(i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations (in the case of the Dollar
Notes), Euro Government Obligations (in the case of the Euro Notes), or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of, premium (if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any (without reinvestment), on the Notes when due at maturity or
redemption, as the case may be; 

  
 -92- 

 (ii) with respect to U.S. Government Obligations, Euro Government Obligations, or
a combination of money and U.S. Government Obligations, or Euro Government Obligations the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a
nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, expressing their opinion that the payments of principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government
Obligations, plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, when due on the Notes of such
series to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; provided that upon any defeasance that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited shall be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount
is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium, calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of the redemption only required to be deposited with the Trustee on the date of the redemption;

 (iii) no Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Company shall have occurred or is
continuing on the date of such deposit; 
 (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other material agreement
or instrument binding on the Company; 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee in the case of the legal
defeasance option, an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the
applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result
of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Opinion of Counsel required by the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or
(y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; 
 (vi) such exercise does not impair the right of
any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to
such holder’s Notes; 
 (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

(viii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with. 

(b) Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date
in accordance with Article III. 

  
 -93- 

 SECTION 8.03 Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money, U.S.
Government Obligations in the case of the Dollar Notes and Euro Government Obligations in the case of the Euro Notes (in each case, including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII. The Trustee shall apply the deposited
money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the
Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION 8.04 Repayment to Company. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn
over to the Company upon request any money, U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations, as applicable, held by it as provided in this Article VIII that, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public
accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm, delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations have been so
deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article VIII. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money
held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05 Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall
indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations, as applicable, or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations
or Euro Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money. U.S.
Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations, as applicable, in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as
the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money, U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations, as applicable, in accordance with this Article VIII; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment
from the money, U.S. Government Obligations or Euro Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 

  
 -94- 

 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

SECTION 9.01 Without Consent of the Holders. 

(a) The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without notice to or the consent of any holder: 

(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; 

(ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company (with respect to the Company) of the obligations of the Company under
this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor (with respect to any
Guarantor), as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under this Indenture and its Guarantee; 
 (iv) to provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that uncertificated Notes are in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code; 

(v) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes”
in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (vi) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Notes of any series, 

(vii) to add collateral to secure the Notes of any series; 

(viii) to release a Guarantor from its Guarantee when permitted or required under the terms of this Indenture; 

(ix) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon the Company; 
 (x) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the
qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (xi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
holder in any material respect; or 
 (xii) to effect any provisions of this Indenture or to make changes to this Indenture
to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes. 
 (b) After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall
mail, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity
of an amendment under this Section 9.01. 
 SECTION 9.02 With Consent of the Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this
Indenture with respect to any series of Notes, the Notes of such series and the Guarantees thereof, and any 

  
 -95- 

 past Default or compliance with any provisions of this Indenture with respect to any series of Notes, the Notes
of the affected series or the Guarantees thereof may be waived, with the consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding voting as a single class. However, without the
consent of each holder of an outstanding Note of the applicable series affected, no amendment or waiver may: 
 (1) reduce
the amount of Notes of the applicable series whose holders must consent to an amendment; 
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend
the time for payment of interest or Additional Amount, if any, on any Note of the applicable series; 
 (3) reduce the
principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note of the applicable series; 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the
redemption of any Note of the applicable series or change the time at which any Note of the applicable series may be redeemed in accordance with Article III; 

(5) make any Note of the applicable series payable in money other than that stated in such Note (subject in the case of the
Euro Notes, to the provisions set forth in the paragraph below; 
 (6) expressly subordinate the Notes of the applicable
series or any Guarantee of the notes of such series to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor; or 
 (7) make
any change in the amendment provisions as to the Notes of the applicable series which require each holder’s consent of each holder of Notes of such series or in the waiver provisions; applicable to the Notes of the applicable series. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the euro, in the case of the Euro Notes, is unavailable to the Company due to the imposition of exchange
controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control (including the dissolution of the euro) or if the euro is no longer being used by the then member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the euro as their currency or
for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, the Company and the Trustee shall be permitted, without the consent of any other Person, to amend the terms of this Indenture and the Euro
Notes to change the currency in which the obligations of the Company hereunder are payable in a manner consistent with then-prevailing market practice for similarly situated issuers. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment under this Section 9.02
becomes effective, the Company shall mail, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein,
shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 

  
 -96- 

 SECTION 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

(a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of
the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s
Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After
an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Company or the Trustee of consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities,
(ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the
Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph,
those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons
continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Company may
require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determine, the Company in
exchange for the Note shall issue and, upon written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any
amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such
amendment, the Trustee shall receive indemnity satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon, (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that such
amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and, with respect to any supplement relating
to any Additional Notes, that such supplement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions
hereof, (iii) with respect to any supplement relating to any Additional Notes, a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, authorizing the execution of such amendment,
supplement or waiver and (iv) if such amendment, supplement or waiver is executed pursuant to Section 9.02, evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the holders required to consent thereto. 

SECTION 9.06 Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. All Notes of a series issued under this Indenture shall vote and
consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no Notes of such series will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite
aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article IX and Section 2.13. 

SECTION 9.07 Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA (if such date
occurs), every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 

  
 -97- 

 ARTICLE X 

[Intentionally Omitted] 

ARTICLE XI 

[Intentionally Omitted] 

ARTICLE XII 
 GUARANTEE

 SECTION 12.01 Guarantee. 

(a) Each Guarantor, by executing and delivering this Indenture or a supplemental indenture to this Indenture substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto, hereby jointly and severally guarantees, on an unsecured, unsubordinated basis, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns the performance and punctual payment
when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes,
expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from any Guarantor, and that each Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article XII notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

(b) Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantee of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any holder or the Trustee
to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other
agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed
Obligations or each Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of each Guarantor, except as provided in
Section 12.02(b). Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its Guarantee hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s Guarantee would be less than the full amount claimed. 

(c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment
of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be
entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 

  
 -98- 

 (d) Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment
and performance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

(e) The Guarantee of each Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Article XII, equal in right of payment to all
existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness and senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor. 

(f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 12.02 and 12.06, the Guarantee of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by
reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantee of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected
by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or
otherwise, in the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate
as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (g) Except as expressly set forth in Section 12.02(b), each Guarantor
agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or
otherwise. 
 (h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in
equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration,
by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the
Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and
(iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the holders and the Trustee. 
 (i) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be
entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and
the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article VI, such Guaranteed
Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purposes of this Section 12.01. 

  
 -99- 

 (j) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee in enforcing any rights under this Section 12.01. 
 (k) Upon request of the Trustee, each
Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 12.02 Limitation on Liability. 

(a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations
guaranteed hereunder by each Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to
fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or capital maintenance or corporate benefit rules applicable to guarantees for obligations of affiliates. 

(b) A Guarantee as to any Guarantor shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Guarantor shall be
automatically released from all obligations under this Article XII upon: 
 (i) the sale, disposition, exchange or other
transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the applicable
Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is made in a manner not in violation of this Indenture; 

(ii) the designation of such Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04 and
the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (iii) the release or discharge of the guarantee (other than as
result of payment thereon by such Guarantor following a default by the direct obligor on the Credit Agreement or the applicable Capital Markets Indebtedness) by such Guarantor of or (in the case of the Credit Agreement) other obligations of such
Guarantor pursuant to (A) the Credit Agreement and (B) all Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or any other Guarantor; 

(iv) as to any series of Notes, the Company’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under
Article VIII with respect to such series or if the Company’s obligations under this Indenture with respect to such series are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or 

(v) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest
securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof. 
 SECTION 12.03 Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse
a Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 

  
 -100- 

 SECTION 12.04 Successors and Assigns. This Article XII shall be binding upon each
Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder or the Trustee, the
rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 

SECTION 12.05 No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the holders in exercising any right, power
or privilege under this Article XII shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the
holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article XII at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

SECTION 12.06 Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article XII, nor the consent to any departure
by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle any Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 12.07 Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary which is required to become a Guarantor of the
Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor under this Article XII and
shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, as provided under
Section 9.05. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
13.01 Intentionally Omitted. 
 SECTION 13.02 Notices. 

(a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by
first-class mail addressed as follows: 
 if to the Company or a Guarantor: 

c/o XPO Logistics, Inc. 

Five Greenwich Office Park 

Greenwich, Connecticut 06831 

Attention: Gordon Devens, Esq. 

Fax: 203-629-7073 

  
 -101- 

 if to the Trustee, U.S. Paying Agent and Registrar: 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

525 William Penn Place 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259 

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration 

Fax No.: 412-234-7535 

if to the London Paying Agent: 

The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch 

One Canada Square 

Canary Wharf 

London E14 5AL 

Fax No.: +44(0) 20 7964 2536 

United Kingdom 

if to the Luxembourg Paying Agent: 

The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. 

Vertigo Building – Polaris 

2-4 Rue Eugene Ruppert 

L-2453 

Fax No.: +352 24 524 204 

Luxembourg 
 The Company or the
Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 (b) Any notice
or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 

If and for so long as any of the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the
Euro MTF Market, the Company will publish such notices as are required by the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange applicable to the Company, in the manner described below. 

All notices to holders of the Euro Notes will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register maintained by
the registrar. In addition, if and for so long as any of the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF Market, and to the extent that the rules and regulations of the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the holders of the relevant Euro Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent
and in the manner permitted by the rules and regulations of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, 

  
 -102- 

 
posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) or otherwise made available. For Euro Notes which are represented by global certificates held on behalf of
Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing. The Trustee may, in its sole discretion, agree to accept and act
upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic
method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or
indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume
all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by
third parties. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, as long as the Notes are in the form of a Global Note, notice
to the holders may be made electronically in accordance with procedures of the Depository. 
 SECTION 13.03 Communication by the Holders
with Other Holders. The holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have
the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
 SECTION 13.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any
request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) except upon the issuance of the Initial Notes, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 13.05 Statements Required in
Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 

  
 -103- 

 SECTION 13.06 When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the holders of the required
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, the Guarantors or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company
or the Guarantors shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee actually
knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 

SECTION 13.07 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the
holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 13.08 Legal Holidays. If a
payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the
intervening period. If a regular Record Date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 13.09 GOVERNING
LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

SECTION 13.10 No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, manager or incorporator of, and no holder of any Equity
Interests in, the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture, as applicable, or for any
claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

SECTION 13.11 Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind such
person’s successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 13.12 Multiple
Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original
Indenture and signature pages for all purposes. 
 SECTION 13.13 Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference
sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

  
 -104- 

 SECTION 13.14 Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes
limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 13.15
Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision
shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 13.16 Waiver of Jury Trial.
EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS, THE LONDON PAYING AGENT, THE LUXEMBOURG PAYING AGENT AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 13.17 Prescription. Claims
against the Company or any Guarantor for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, for the Euro Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Company or any Guarantor for the
payment of interest, if any, for the Euro Notes, will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest. 

SECTION 13.18 Currency Indemnity and Calculation of Euro-denominated Restrictions. All payments of interest and principal, including
payments made upon any redemption of the Euro Notes, will be payable in euro. If, on or after the issuance of the Euro Notes, the euro is unavailable to the Company due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond our control
or if the euro is no longer being used by the then member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the euro as their currency or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking
community, then all payments in respect of the Euro Notes, will be made in U.S. dollars until the euro is again available to the Company or so used. In such circumstances, the amount payable on any date in euro will be converted into U.S. dollars at
the rate mandated by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board as of the close of business on the second business day prior to the relevant payment date or, in the event the U.S. Federal Reserve Board has not mandated a rate of conversion, on the basis of the
then most recent U.S. dollar/euro exchange rate available on or prior to the second business day prior to the relevant payment date as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payment in
respect of the Euro Notes so made in U.S. dollars will not constitute an Event of Default under the Euro Notes or this Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor any paying agent shall have any responsibility for any calculation or conversion in connection
with the foregoing. 
 SECTION 13.19 U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of
the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (“U.S.A. Patriot Act”), the Trustee,
like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an
account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 

SECTION 13.20 Submission to Jurisdiction. The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or
federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. To the fullest 

  
 -105- 

 
extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of any
such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought
in an inconvenient forum. 
 SECTION 13.21 FATCA. In order to enable the Trustee to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and
regulations (including directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by competent authorities) in effect from time to time (“Applicable Law”), the Company agrees to provide to the Trustee tax information about holders or the
transactions contemplated hereby (including any modification to the terms of such transactions), to the extent such information is directly available to the Company, and to the extent that the provision is permitted under Applicable Law, so that the
Trustee can determine whether it has tax-related obligations under Applicable Law and the Company acknowledges that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Agreement to the extent necessary to
comply with Applicable Law. 
 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank.] 

  
 -106- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

					
	COMPANY:
	
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ John Hardig

			Name:		John Hardig
			Title:		Treasurer

 [Signature Page – Indenture] 

 
					
	3PDIC, INC.
	BOUNCE LOGISTICS, INC.
	XPO AIR CHARTER, LLC
	XPO CARTAGE, INC.
	XPO CUSTOMS CLEARANCE SOLUTIONS, INC.
	XPO EXPRESS, INC.
	XPO FLEET SERVICES, INC.
	XPO GLOBAL FORWARDING, INC.
	XPO INTERMODAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
	XPO INTERMODAL, INC.
	XPO LAST MILE, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN CORPORATE SERVICES, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN ECOMMERCE, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN HOLDING COMPANY
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN TECHNOLOGY SERVICES, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN OF SOUTH CAROLINA, LLC
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN OF TEXAS, LLC
	XPO LOGISTICS SUPPLY CHAIN, INC.
	XPO LOGISTICS, LLC
	XPO NLM, INC.
	XPO NLM, LLC
	XPO PORT SERVICES, INC.
	XPO SUPPLY CHAIN, INC.
	XPO STACKTRAIN, LLC
	XPO TRANSPORT, LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ John Hardig

			Name:		John Hardig
			Title:		Treasurer

  
 -2- 

 
					
	GREENWICH AQ CORP
		
	By:		 /s/ John Hardig

			Name:		John Hardig
			Title:		Chief Executive Officer
	
	3PD HOLDING, INC.
	MANUFACTURERS CONSOLIDATION SERVICE OF CANADA, INC.
	PACER SERVICES, INC.
	XPO AQ, INC.
	XPO COURIER, LLC
	XPO DEDICATED, LLC
	XPO SERVCO, LLC
		
	By:		 /s/ John Hardig

			Name:		John Hardig
			Title:		Treasurer

 [Signature Page – Indenture] 

 
					
	XPO OCEAN WORLD LINES, INC.
	PACER TRANSPORT, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ John Hardig

			Name:		John Hardig
			Title:		Chief Financial Officer
	
	S & H TRANSPORT, INC.
	S & H LEASING, INC.
	XPO DISTRIBUTION SERVICES, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ Gordon Devens

			Name:		Gordon Devens
			Title:		Vice President and Assistant Secretary
	
	PDS TRUCKING, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ Ryan Brenan

			Name:		Ryan Brenan
			Title:		Treasurer
	
	CTP LEASING, INC.
		
	By:		 /s/ Ryan Brenan

			Name:		Ryan Brenan
			Title:		President

 [Signature Page – Indenture] 

 
			
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee, Registrar and U.S. Paying Agent
		
	By:		 /s/ Michael Countryman

	Name:		Michael Countryman
	Title:		Vice President
	
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, LONDON

BRANCH, in its capacity as London Paying Agent for the Euro Notes

		
	By:		 /s/ Paul Cattermole

	Name:		Paul Cattermole
	Title:		Vice President
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A., in its capacity as Luxembourg Paying Agent for the Euro Notes
		
	By:		 /s/ Paul Cattermole

	Name:		Paul Cattermole
	Title:		Authorised Signatory

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 APPENDIX A 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES AND ADDITIONAL NOTES 

1. Definitions. 
 1.1
Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme or any successor or securities clearing agency. 

“Common Depositary” means The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note and Additional Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer
of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depository” means The
Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth
under that caption in Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 to this Indenture. 
 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as
operator of the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency. 
 “IAI” means an institutional
“accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Notes
Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein. 

“Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later
of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the
Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 

  
 Appendix A-1 

 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes that bear or are required to bear or are subject to the
Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer Restricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that bear or are required to bear or are
subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means the Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes and
Transfer Restricted Global Notes. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means Definitive Notes that are not required to bear,
or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Global Notes” means Global Notes that are not required
to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	Term:		Defined in Section:
	Agent Members		2.1(b)
	Global Notes		2.1(b)
	Regulation S Global Notes		2.1(b)
	Regulation S Permanent Global Notes		2.1(b)
	Regulation S Temporary Global Notes		2.1(b)
	Rule 144A Global Notes		2.1(b)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes. 

(a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) privately placed by the Company pursuant to the Offering Memorandum and
(ii) sold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs,
purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more agreements in
accordance with applicable law. 
 (b) Global Notes. (i) Except as provided in clause (d) of Section 2.2 below, Rule
144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). 

  
 Appendix A-2 

 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered,
global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Temporary Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Permanent Global Note (defined below), the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which, in the
case of Initial Dollar Notes, shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the Depository and, in the case of the Euro Notes, shall be registered in the name of the Common Depositary or the nominee of the Common Depositary for
the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 Following the
termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Note”) pursuant to the
applicable procedures of the Depository. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee in the case of Initial Dollar Notes, or the Common Depositary in the case of the Initial Euro Notes, shall cancel
the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. In the case of Initial Dollar Notes, the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. In the case of the Initial Euro Notes, the aggregate principal amount of the
Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Common Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in
connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 In the case of the Initial Euro Notes, the provisions of the
“Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall
be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

The term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. In the case of Initial Dollar
Notes, the Global Notes shall bear the Global Note Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member,
(ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend. In the case of the Initial Euro Notes, the Global Notes shall bear the Restricted Notes Legend and be deposited on behalf of the
purchasers of such Notes represented thereby with a Common Depositary and registered in the name of the Common Depositary or a nominee of the Common Depositary, for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and
authenticated by the Trustee or an Authentication Agent as provided in this Indenture. 
 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in,
the Depository, Euroclear and Clearstream (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or the Trustee as its custodian, the Common Depositary or under
the Global Notes. The Depository and the Common Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, or impair, as
between the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the holder of any Note. 

  
 Appendix A-3 

 The Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable, may be treated by the Company, the
Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the sole owner of the Global Notes for all purposes under the Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable, or impair, as between the Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable,
and its agent members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
 (ii) Transfers
of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or
exchanged for Definitive Notes of the same series only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream and the provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for
Definitive Notes of the same series if (x)(1) in the case of Initial Dollar Notes, the Depository (a) notifies the Company at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and a successor depository is
not appointed within 90 days or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and in each case a successor depository is not appointed within 90 days or (2) in the case the Initial Euro Notes, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as applicable, acting through itself or the Common Depositary, (a) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a clearing system in respect of such Global Note or (b) has ceased to be a clearing system
and in each case a successor clearing system is not appointed, (y) the Company, at its option and subject to the procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
Definitive Notes or (z) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes prior to
(x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global
Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with its customary procedures. 

(iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (ii) of this
Section 2.1(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and, upon written order of the Company signed by an Officer, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available
for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized
denominations. 
 (iv) Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note of the same series pursuant to
Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (v) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 

(vi) The holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

  
 Appendix A-4 

 2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b).
Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes of the same series except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in
Section 2.08 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.2(b). 

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes shall be effected through the Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable. Beneficial interests
in Transfer Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for
beneficial interests in Global Notes of the same series. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of
the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.
Beneficial interests in any Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Transfer Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set
forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
benefit of a U.S. Person. A beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be
required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 
 (ii) All
Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial
interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written order from an Agent Member given to the Depository or Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as
applicable, directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in
accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements
for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to
Section 2.2(g). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note of the same series if the transfer complies with the requirements
of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the
form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 

  
 Appendix A-5 

 (iv) A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be exchanged
by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series if the
exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

and, in each such case, if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or
Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted
Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 

(v) Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests
in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global
Note may not be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note of the same series except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). In any case, beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be
transferred or exchanged only for Definitive Notes. 

  
 Appendix A-6 

 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.
Transfers and exchanges of Definitive Notes for beneficial interests in the Global Notes of the same series also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below, as applicable: 

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. If any holder of a
Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note of the same series or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note of the same series, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a
beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(B) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities
Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted
Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(D) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(E) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or 
 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer
Restricted Definitive Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Transfer Restricted Global Note. 

(ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a Transfer
Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series or transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series only if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 

(B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note to
a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

  
 Appendix A-7 

 and, in each such case, if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules
and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii),
the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph
(ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue
and, upon receipt of a written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Transfer
Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive
Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall
present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In
addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e). 

(i) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes. A Transfer Restricted Note may be
transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note of the same series if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

  
 Appendix A-8 

 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if the
transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 

(D) if the transfer will be made to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 

(E) if such transfer will be made to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable
Note. 
 (ii) Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Transfer Restricted
Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series if the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted
Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 

(B) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 

and, in each such case, if the Company or the Registrar so request, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and the
Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 
 (iv)
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted Definitive Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note. 

  
 Appendix A-9 

 At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.10 of the
Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall
be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (f)
Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraph (iii), (iv) or (v), each Note certificate evidencing the Global
Notes and any Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):

 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING
IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO XPO LOGISTICS, INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY
COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY 

  
 Appendix A-10 

 
BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE
AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT (1) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE (AND IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE DEEMED
FOR PURPOSES OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) TO BE) (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS
DEFINED UNDER SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA), (B) A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE
(“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) AN ENTITY, THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY; OR
(2) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR INVOLVE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IF APPLICABLE, A VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAWS.” 

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional Legend: 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to
exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note if the holder certifies in writing to the Registrar
that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 

(iii) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to
Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

(iv) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.10 of this
Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person 

  
 Appendix A-11 

 
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced
accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee, as applicable, to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made
on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Common Depositary at the direction of the Trustee, as applicable, or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 

(h) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate,
Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes,
assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 

(iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the
Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and
shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (i) No Obligation of
the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member
of, or a participant in the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository, Euroclear or Clearstream or any nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any
ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository or Common Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the
payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to the holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall be
the Depository, the Common Depositary or any nominee thereof in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable, subject to the
applicable rules and procedures of the Depository or the Common Depositary, as applicable. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository or the Common Depositary with respect to any
members, participants and any beneficial owners thereof. 

  
 Appendix A-12 

 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or
inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among participants, members or beneficial
owners of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required
by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 

  
 Appendix A-13 

 EXHIBIT A-1 

[FORM OF FACE OF DOLLAR NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.” 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A
“QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO XPO LOGISTICS, INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY
COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO
REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, 

  
 Exhibit A-1-1 

 
CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES
LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE HOLDER REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT (1) IT IS NOT AND WILL
NOT BE (AND IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE DEEMED FOR PURPOSES OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) TO BE) (A) AN
“EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED UNDER SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA), (B) A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH
PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) AN ENTITY, THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S
INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY; OR (2) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR INVOLVE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IF APPLICABLE, A VIOLATION OF
SIMILAR LAWS.” 
 [Definitive Notes Legend] 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

  
 Exhibit A-1-2 

 [FORM OF DOLLAR NOTE] 

XPO LOGISTICS, INC. 
  

			
	 No. [    ]
		144A CUSIP No. 983793 AD2
			144A ISIN No. US983793AD29
			REG S CUSIP No. U9840V AD5
			REG S ISIN No. USU9840VAD56

 $[                ] 

6.50% Senior Note due 2022 

XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the
Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on June 15, 2022. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and
December 15, commencing December 15, 2015. 
 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	 XPO LOGISTICS, INC.

		
	 By:
		  

			Name:
			Title:

 Dated: 

  
 Exhibit A-1-4 

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

 

			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the
Indenture.

		
	 By:
		  

			Authorized Signatory
		
	 Dated:
		

  
 Exhibit A-1-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF DOLLAR NOTE] 

6.50% Senior Note Due 2022 
  

	1.	Interest 

 XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (such entity, and its successors
and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called, the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Dollar Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay interest
semiannually on June 15 and December 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing [December 15, 2015]1. Interest on the Dollar Notes shall accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from [June 9, 2015]2, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Dollar Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent
lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company shall pay interest on the Dollar Notes (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 (each a “Record Date”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if Dollar Notes are canceled after the
Record Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Dollar Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of
the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Dollar Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and
interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Dollar
Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Dollar Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by
wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its
discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
as trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that
no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor 
  

	1 	For Initial Notes 

	2 	For Initial Notes 

  
 Exhibit A-1-6 

 
Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered
to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Company or any their wholly owned domestically
organized Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Dollar Notes under an Indenture dated as of
June 9, 2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture, unless otherwise indicated. The Dollar Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the
Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. If and to the extent that any provision of the Dollar Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the
Indenture, such provision of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Dollar Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company.
[This Note is one of the Initial Dollar Notes referred to in the Indenture.]3 The Dollar Notes include the Initial Dollar Notes and any Additional Dollar Notes. The Initial Dollar Notes and any
Additional Dollar Notes may, at the Company’s option, be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that
if the Additional Dollar Notes are not fungible with the Initial Dollar Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Dollar Notes will have a separate CUSIP number and/or ISIN, if applicable. The Indenture imposes certain limitations
on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to
consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 The Guarantors
(including each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and that is required to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture) shall jointly and severally guarantee
the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Redemption 

 On or after June 15, 2018, the Company may redeem the Dollar Notes at
its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed (or caused to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by The Depository
Trust Company (“DTC”), to each holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding,
the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 15 of the years set forth
below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2018
	  	 	103.2500	% 
	 2019
	  	 	101.6250	% 
	 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

  

	3 	For Initial Notes. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-7 

 In addition, prior to June 15, 2018, the Company may redeem the Dollar Notes at its option,
in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed (or caused to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by DTC, to each holder’s
registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Dollar Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the applicable
redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to June 15, 2018, the Company may redeem in the aggregate up
to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Dollar Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or (2) by any
direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, at a redemption
price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 106.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the
relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that at least 60% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Dollar Notes) must remain outstanding
after each such redemption; provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed (or caused
to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by DTC, to the registered address of each holder of Dollar Notes being redeemed (with a copy to the Trustee) and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set
forth in the Indenture. 
 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. In addition, any
redemption described above or notice thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering in the case of a redemption upon completion
of an Equity Offering. 
  

	6.	Mandatory Redemption 

 (a) The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Dollar Notes. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notices of redemption will be mailed (or caused to be mailed) by
first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by DTC, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, to each holder of Dollar Notes to be redeemed at its registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), except that
redemption notices may be mailed or otherwise delivered more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Dollar Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article
VIII thereof. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Dollar Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of,
plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Dollar Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-8 

	8.	Repurchase of Dollar Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Dollar Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of
repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company will be required to offer to purchase Dollar Notes upon the occurrence of
certain events. 
  

	9.	[Intentionally Omitted] 

  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Dollar Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of the Dollar Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The
Company shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of any Dollar Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any
Dollar Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Dollar Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as
general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Dollar Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of and premium (if
any) and interest on the Dollar Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-9 

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture,
(i) the Indenture as it relates to the Dollar Notes or the Dollar Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Notes then outstanding and (ii) any past
default with respect to the Dollar Notes or compliance with any provisions with respect to the Dollar Notes may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Dollar Notes then outstanding. 

The Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Dollar Notes and the Guarantees without notice to or the consent of any holder
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company (with respect to the Company) of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Dollar Notes;
(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantor), as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture and its Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or in place of certificated Notes; (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Dollar Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, as stated in an Officers’ Certificate;
(vi) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Dollar Notes, (vii) to add collateral to secure the Dollar Notes; (viii) to release a Guarantor from its Guarantee when permitted or required under the terms of the Indenture; (ix) to
add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (x) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the
qualification of, the Indenture under the TIA; (xi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder in any material respect; or (xii) to effect any provisions of the Indenture or to make changes to the Indenture
to provide for the issuance of Additional Dollar Notes. 
  

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(f) or (g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Dollar Notes, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding
Dollar Notes of the series by notice to the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Dollar Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal
and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Dollar Notes will
become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Dollar Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Dollar
Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to
the Indenture or the Dollar Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request

  
 Exhibit A-1-10 

 
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Dollar Notes have not given
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Dollar Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Dollar Notes. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly
prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it in its sole
discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity,
may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, manager or incorporator of
the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, and no holder of any Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or any Guarantor under the Dollar Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees, as applicable, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Dollar Notes by accepting a Note waives and
releases all such liability. 
  

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The Company has caused CUSIP numbers and ISINs to be printed on
the Dollar Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Dollar Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-11 

 The Company will furnish to any holder of Dollar Notes upon written request and without charge
to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-1-12 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to: 
  

                       
                                         

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

                       
                                  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No. 

and irrevocably appoint        agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute
another to act for him. 
  

											
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  
		

  

                          
                                         
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	Date:		  
				  
		
	 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor
program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
				Signature of Signature Guarantee		

  
 Exhibit A-1-13 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTE 
 This
certificate relates to $                principal amount of Dollar Notes held in (check applicable space)
            book-entry or             definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an
aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In
connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is still a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note or a Transfer Restricted Global Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being
transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)		 ̈		to the Company; or
			
	(2)		 ̈		to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)		 ̈		pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)		 ̈		inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)		 ̈		outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the
transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)		 ̈		to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and
agreements; or
			
	(7)		 ̈		pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 Exhibit A-1-14 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any
such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

											
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  
		

  

					
	                                      
                                         
 				
	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.				

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	Date:		  
				  
		
	 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor
program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
				Signature of Signature Guarantee		

  
 Exhibit A-1-15 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

			
	Date:
                                         
                                         
  		  

			NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 Exhibit A-1-16 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following
increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of
this
Global Note
	  	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this
Global Note
	  	Principal amount of
this Global Note following
such decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian
		  		  		  		  	

  
 Exhibit A-1-17 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  

			
	 Asset Sale   ̈
		Change of Control   ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06
(Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): 

$                 

 

									
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  

									(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

					
			
	Signature Guarantee:		  
		

									
			Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized
signature guaranty medallion program or other signature
guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee

  
 Exhibit A-1-18 

 EXHIBIT A-2 

[FORM OF FACE OF EURO NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM (“EUROCLEAR”) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIETE ANONYME (“CLEARSTREAM”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM
(AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY
OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE BANK OF NEW YORK DEPOSITORY (NOMINEES) LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR
OR CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE
HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED,
SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A
“QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY (A) TO XPO LOGISTICS, INC. OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR
(2)(D)

  
 Exhibit A-2-1 

 
ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH
(2)(E) OR (F) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE 144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS PURCHASE OR ACQUISITION OF THIS NOTE, THE
HOLDER REPRESENTS AND AGREES THAT (1) IT IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE (AND IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE DEEMED FOR PURPOSES OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) TO BE) (A) AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” (AS DEFINED UNDER SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA), (B) A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR PROVISIONS UNDER APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL,
NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR (C) AN ENTITY, THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF WHICH ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY OF THE
FOREGOING BY REASON OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN SUCH ENTITY; OR (2) THE PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF THIS NOTE DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR INVOLVE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR
SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR, IF APPLICABLE, A VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAWS.” 
 [Definitive Notes Legend] 

“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 

  
 Exhibit A-2-2 

 [FORM OF EURO NOTE] 

XPO LOGISTICS, INC. 
  

			
	No. [    ]		144A CUSIP No.
			 144A ISIN No.

XS1117295490

		
			 144A Common Code

111729549

		
			REG S CUSIP No.
			 REG S ISIN No.

XS1117295060

		
			 REG S Common Code

111729506

 €500,000,000 

5.75% Senior Note due 2021 
 XPO
LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to The Bank of New York Depository (Nominees) Limited, the registered holder hereof, as nominee of The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch, as common depositary for Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.
(“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”), or registered assigns, the principal sum set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on June 15,
2021. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2015. 

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-2-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:

 Dated: 

  
 Exhibit A-2-4 

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By: 		  

			Authorized Signatory

			
		
	Dated:		

  
 Exhibit A-2-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EURO NOTE] 

5.75% Senior Note Due 2021 
  

	1.	Interest 

 XPO LOGISTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (such entity, and its successors
and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called, the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on
June 15 and December 15 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing [December 15, 2015]4. Interest on the Euro Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from [June 9, 2015]5, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Euro Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Company shall pay interest on the Euro Notes (except defaulted
interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on June 1 or December 1 (each a “Record Date”) immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date even if such Euro Notes are canceled after the Record
Date and on or before the Interest Payment Date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Euro Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the then
member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the euro as their currency that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Euro Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking (“Clearstream”) or any
successor depositary. The Company shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Euro Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest
may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof. 
 If, on or after the issuance of the Euro Notes, the euro
is unavailable to the Company due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control or if the euro is no longer being used by the then member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the
euro as their currency or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, then all payments in respect of the Euro Notes will be made in U.S. dollars until the euro is again available to
the Company or so used. In such circumstances, the amount payable on any date in euro will be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate mandated by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board as of the close of business on the second business day prior to the
relevant payment date or, in the event the U.S. Federal Reserve Board has not mandated a rate of conversion, on the basis of the then most recent U.S. dollar/ euro exchange rate available on or prior to the second business day prior to the relevant
payment date as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. Any payment in respect of the Euro Notes 
  

 

	4 	For Initial Notes 

	5 	For Initial Notes 

  
 Exhibit A-2-6 

 
so made in U.S. dollars will not constitute an event of default under the Euro Notes or the Indenture (as defined below). Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility
for any calculation or conversion in connection with the foregoing. Investors will be subject to foreign exchange risks as to payments of principal and interest, including payments made upon any redemption of the Euro Notes, that may have important
economic and tax consequences to them. In the circumstances described above, the Company and the Trustee shall be permitted, without the consent of any other person, to amend the terms of the Indenture and the Euro Notes, to change the currency in
which the obligations of the Company hereunder are payable in a manner consistent with then-prevailing market practice for similarly situated issuers. 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.,
as trustee under the Indenture (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that
no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor
Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause
(i) above. The Company or any their wholly owned domestically organized Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. If and for so long as the Euro Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Company will
also maintain a paying agent in Luxembourg. As long as the Euro Notes remain outstanding, the Company has also agreed that it will, to the extent permitted as a matter of law, ensure that there is a paying agent with respect to such Euro Notes in a
European Union Member State that is not obliged to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to the European Union Council Directive 2003/48/EC (as amended) on the taxation of savings income in the form of interest payments which was adopted by the ECOFIN
Council on June 3, 2003, and amended by Council Decision on July 19, 2004, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced to conform to, such Directive. The Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent
or Registrar. The Company initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch as London Paying Agent with respect to the Global Notes representing the Euro Notes. The Company initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A.
as Luxembourg Paying Agent with respect to the Euro Notes. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Company issued the Euro Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 9,
2015 (the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. Capitalized terms used herein are used as defined in the Indenture, unless otherwise indicated. The Euro Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the
holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms and provisions. If and to the extent that any provision of the Euro Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Indenture, such
provision of the Indenture shall control. 
 The Euro Notes are unsecured, unsubordinated obligations of the Company. [This Note is one of
the Initial Euro Notes referred to in the Indenture.]6 The Notes include the Initial Euro Notes and any Additional Euro Notes. The Initial Euro Notes and any Additional Euro Notes may, at the
Company’s option, be treated as a single class of securities for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without 
  

 

	6 	 For Initial Notes. 

  
 Exhibit A-2-7 

 
limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that if the Additional Euro Notes are not fungible with the Initial Euro Notes for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, the Additional Euro Notes will have a separate CUSIP number, ISIN and/or Common Code, if applicable. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make
certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with
Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially
all of its property. 
 The Guarantors (including each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Excluded
Subsidiary and that is required to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture) shall jointly and severally guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 

 

	5.	Redemption 

 On or after December 15, 2017, the Company may redeem the Euro
Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed (or caused to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by a
common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, to each holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to,
but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the periods referred to below: 

 

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 December 15, 2017 to June 15, 2019
	  	 	102.8750	% 
	 June 15, 2019 to June 15, 2020
	  	 	101.4375	% 
	 June 15, 2020 and thereafter
	  	 	100.0000	% 

 In addition, prior to December 15, 2017, the Company may redeem the Euro Notes at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed (or caused to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by a common depositary for
Euroclear and Clearstream, to each holder’s registered address (with a copy to the Trustee), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Euro Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to December 15, 2017, the Company may redeem in the
aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Euro Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Company or
(2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Company to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Company or are used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, at
a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 105.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive
interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that at least 60% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes (calculated after giving effect to 

  
 Exhibit A-2-8 

 
any issuance of Additional Euro Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on
which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed (or caused to be mailed) by the Company by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by a common depositary for Euroclear
and Clearstream, to the registered address of each holder of Euro Notes being redeemed (with a copy to the Trustee) and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 

Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. In addition, any redemption described above or
notice thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering in the case of a redemption upon completion of an Equity Offering. 

 

	6.	Redemption for Tax Reasons 

 The Company may, at its option, redeem the Euro Notes, in
whole but not in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Euro Notes to be redeemed, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date, at any time, if the Company has or
will become obliged to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Euro Notes as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the laws, regulations, treaties, or rulings of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States or
any taxing authority thereof or therein affecting taxation, or any change in, or amendment to, the application, official interpretation, administration or enforcement of such laws, regulations, treaties or rulings (including a holding by a court of
competent jurisdiction in the United States), which change or amendment is enacted, adopted, announced or becomes effective on or after the date of the Indenture (a “Change in Tax Law”). 

Notice of any such redemption described above or notice thereof may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions
precedent. 
  

	7.	Mandatory Redemption 

 (a) The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory
redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Euro Notes. 
  

	8.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notices of redemption will be mailed (or caused to be
mailed) by first-class mail, or delivered electronically if held by a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date, to each holder of Euro Notes to be redeemed at its registered
address (with a copy to the Trustee), except that (1) redemption notices may be mailed or otherwise delivered more than 60 days prior to the redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Euro Notes or a
satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Article VIII thereof and (2) redemption notices with respect to a redemption pursuant to Paragraph 6 above may not be given earlier than 90 days before the earliest date on which the
Company would be obligated to pay such Additional Amounts on such Euro Notes if a payment was then due. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Euro Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Company
has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Euro Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.  

  
 Exhibit A-2-9 

 Prior to the mailing or delivery of any notice of such redemption pursuant to paragraph 6 above,
the Company will deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent: 
 (a) a certificate signed by an officer stating that the Company is entitled
to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right to so redeem have occurred, and 

(b) a written opinion of independent tax counsel of nationally recognized standing to the effect that the Company has or will become obligated
to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a Change in Tax Law. 
  

	9.	Repurchase of Euro Notes at the Option of the Holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to
require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Euro Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase
(subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company will be required to offer to purchase Euro Notes upon the occurrence of
certain events. 
  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Euro Notes are in registered form, without
coupons, in denominations of €100,000 principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of the Euro Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of
transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of any Euro Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be
redeemed) or of any Euro Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Euro Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner
of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as
general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 Claims against the
Company or any Guarantor for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, for the Euro Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Company or any Guarantor for the payment of
interest, if any, for the Euro Notes, will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest. 

  
 Exhibit A-2-10 

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Euro Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee cash in euros, Euro Government Obligations or a combination thereof sufficient to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and
interest on the Euro Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture,
(i) the Indenture as it relates to the Euro Notes or the Euro Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Euro Notes then outstanding and (ii) any past default
with respect to the Euro Notes or compliance with any provisions with respect to the Euro Notes may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Euro Notes then outstanding. 

The Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Euro Notes and the Guarantees without notice to or the consent of any holder
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company (with respect to the Company) of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Euro Notes;
(iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantor), as the case may be, of the obligations of a Guarantor under the Indenture and its Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or in place of certificated Notes; (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Euro Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum, as stated in an Officers’ Certificate;
(vi) to add a Guarantee with respect to the Euro Notes, (vii) to add collateral to secure the Notes; (viii) to release a Guarantor from its Guarantee when permitted or required under the terms of the Indenture; (ix) to add to the
covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; (x) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, the
Indenture under the TIA; (xi) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder in any material respect; or (xii) to effect any provisions of the Indenture or to make changes to the Indenture to provide for the
issuance of Additional Euro Notes. 
  

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(f) or (g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Euro Notes, the Trustee by notice to the Company or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Euro
Notes by notice to the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Euro Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due
and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) of the Indenture with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Euro Notes will become immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Euro Notes and its consequences.

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in it by the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders pursuant to the Indenture, unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which
might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium 

  
 Exhibit A-2-11 

 
(if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Euro Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an
Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Euro Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to it against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount
of the outstanding Euro Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. The holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Euro Notes may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to
it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Company 

 The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity,
may become the owner or pledgee of Euro Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer, employee, manager or incorporator of
the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, and no holder of any Equity Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company
or any Guarantor under the Euro Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantees, as applicable, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Euro Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases
all such liability. 
  

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

 

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 Exhibit A-2-12 

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs; Common Codes 

 The Company has caused CUSIP numbers, ISINs and
Common Codes to be printed on the Euro Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and Common Codes in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either
as printed on the Euro Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon. 

The Company will furnish to any holder of Euro Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which
has in it the text of this Note. 

  
 Exhibit A-2-13 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to: 
  

                       
                                         

 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  

                       
                                  

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No. 

and irrevocably appoint              agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The
agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

											
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  
		

  

	
	  

	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	Date:		  
				  
		
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee				Signature of Signature Guarantee		

  
 Exhibit A-2-14 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTE 
 This
certificate relates to €        principal amount of Euro Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or
             definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 

 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by a common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form
of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In
connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring while this Note is still a Transfer Restricted Definitive Note or a Transfer Restricted Global Note, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being
transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)  		 ̈		to the Company; or
			
	(2)  		 ̈		to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)  		 ̈		pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)  		 ̈		inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)  		 ̈		outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note shall be held immediately after the transfer
through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)  		 ̈		to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and
agreements; or
			
	(7)  		 ̈		pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

  
 Exhibit A-2-15 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any
such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject
to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

											
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  
		

  

	
	  

	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	Date:		  
				  
		
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee				Signature of Signature Guarantee		

  
 Exhibit A-2-16 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

											
	 Date:
		  
				  
		
							NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

  
 Exhibit A-2-17 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is
€                . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
	 	
Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
	  	Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such decrease
or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee
or Notes Custodian
		 		 		  		  	

  
 Exhibit A-2-18 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  

			
	 Asset Sale   ̈
		Change of Control   ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06
(Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount (€100,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof): 
  

€ 
  

									
	Date:		  
				Your Signature:		  

									(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

			
	 Signature Guarantee:
		  

 Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized 

signature guaranty medallion program or other signature 

guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee 

  
 Exhibit A-2-19 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION] 

TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION 
 XPO
LOGISTICS, INC. 
 c/o The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

as Trustee and Registrar – 
 Address: 525 William Penn Place,
38th Floor 
 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259 

Fax No.: 412-234-7535 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
[$[                ] principal amount of the 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Dollar Notes”)] [and][or]
€[                ] principal amount of the 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Euro Notes” and together with the Dollar Notes, the
“Notes”) of XPO LOGISTICS, INC. (collectively with its successors and assigns, the “Company”). 
 Upon
transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

Name:                         
                          

Address:                        
                       
 Taxpayer ID
Number:                          

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes
not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our
investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as
permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of
original issue and the last date on which either of the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) in the United States
to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in
accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if applicable) or (d) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (a) through (d) in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any purchaser
of the Note evidenced hereby of the resale 

  
 Exhibit B-1 

 
restrictions set forth above. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed
to be made to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the
Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such
Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause 1(b), 
1(c) or 1(d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 

Dated: 
  

			
	TRANSFEREE:		                                      
                  ,
	
	By:                                   
                                         
  

  
 Exhibit B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of
[                    ], among [NEW GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a direct or indirect subsidiary of XPO LOGISTICS, INC. (or its
successor), a Delaware corporation (“XPO”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS
XPO Logistics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore executed an indenture, dated as of June 9, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”),
providing for the issuance of the Company’s 6.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “Dollar Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $1,600,000,000 and €500,000,000, 5.75% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Euro
Notes” and together with the Dollar Notes, the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS Sections 4.11 and 12.07 of the Indenture
provide that under certain circumstances XPO is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations; and 

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Company are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of each series of Notes as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used
herein as therein defined, except that the term “holders” in this Supplemental Indenture shall refer to the term “holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof. 

2. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors (if any), to guarantee
the Guaranteed Obligations on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XII of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and each series of Notes and to perform all of the obligations and
agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given
as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture. 
 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and 

  
 D-1 

 
provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of each series of Notes heretofore or
hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The
Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the
Trustee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely
by the Company, or for or with respect to (i) the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Company and the New Guarantor, in each case, by
action or otherwise, (iii) the due execution hereof by the Company and the New Guarantor or (iv) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters. 

7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but
all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Supplemental Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF
transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture and signature pages for all purposes. 

8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are
not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions here. 
 [Remainder of page
intentionally left blank.] 

  
 D-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

			
	XPO LOGISTICS, INC.
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:
	
	[NEW GUARANTOR], as a Guarantor
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., not in its individual capacity, but solely as Trustee
		
	By:		  

			Name:
			Title:

  
 D-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00246-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00246-of-00352.parquet"}]]